Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Specialty Retail / Super Retail Group Ltd / FY2017 Annual Report

Super Retail Group Ltd
Annual Report 2017

SUL · ASX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker SUL
Exchange ASX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Specialty Retail
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Super Retail Group Ltd
Loading PDF…
A4    5 mm   A4

5mm and 10mm guides

ANNUAL REPORT 2017

S

u

p

e

r

R

e

t

a

i

l

G

r

o

u

p

L

i

m

i

t

e

d

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

7

www.superretailgroup.com

Inspiring you to live your passion
Inspiring you to live you passion

 
 
 
 
 
 
PERFORMANCE TRENDS

FINANCIAL

SALES ($M)

2,020

2,112

2,239

2,422

2,466

1,654

TOTAL SEGMENT EBIT ($M)

172.3

182.6

170.2

175.3

207.3

715

829

1,092

938

140.7

87.5

45.7

55.1

65.8

JUN 08

JUN 09

JUN 10

JUN 11

JUN 12

JUN 13

JUN 14

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

JUN 08

JUN 09

JUN 10

JUN 11

JUN 12

JUN 13

JUN 14

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

EPS (C)

55.1

52.3

49.4

51.6

46.4

40.9

31.8

32.1

28.1

22.6

DIVIDEND (C)

38.0

40.0

40.0

41.5

46.5

32.0

29.0

21.5

18.0

13.0

JUN 08

JUN 09

JUN 10

JUN 11

JUN 12

JUN 13

JUN 14

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

JUN 08

JUN 09

JUN 10

JUN 11

JUN 12

JUN 13

JUN 14

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

POST TAX ROC (%)

POST TAX ROE (%)*

15.4

14.1

16.8

17.3

15.9

12.6

11.3

10.6

10.7

13.0

22.0

19.8

18.8

19.4

19.5

16.1

14.5

13.9

14.5

18.2

JUN 08

JUN 09

JUN 10

JUN 11

JUN 12

JUN 13

JUN 14

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

JUN 08

JUN 09

JUN 10

JUN 11

JUN 12

JUN 13

JUN 14

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

*Normalised NPAT

TEAM

TEAM ENGAGEMENT

SAFETY 
Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate

TEAM RETENTION

68%

71%

71%

75%

75%

74%

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

13.2

JUN 15

8.8

JUN 16

6.3

JUN 17

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

CUSTOMER

AVERAGE NPS

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS

CUSTOMER TRANSACTIONS

36.9%

JUN 15

43.1%

JUN 16

53.5%

JUN 17

3.9M

JUN 15

4.5M

JUN 16

5.2M

JUN 17

42.8M

44.0M

44.5M

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

*Normalised

CONTENTS

008

010

Chair’s Message

CEO’s Message

022

Board of Directors

024

Group Executive 
Team

033

037

Sustainability

Directors’ Report

115

116

Independent 
Auditor’s Report

004

Our Business

016

Strategy &  
Performance

028

Our Team

064

Financial Statements

Directors Declaration

124

Shareholder 
Information

127

Financial Calendar & 
Corporate Directory

These financial statements are the consolidated financial statements of the consolidated entity consisting of Super Retail Group 
Limited and its subsidiaries. The financial report is presented in Australian dollars.

Super Retail Group Limited is a company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in Australia. Its principal registered office 
and principal place of business is 751 Gympie Road, Lawnton, Queensland, 4501.

A description of the nature of the consolidated entity’s operations and its principal activities is included in the Directors’ Report 
on pages 37 to 62.

The financial report was authorised for issue by the Directors on 24 August 2017. The Directors have the power to amend and 
reissue the financial report.

Through  the  use  of  the  internet,  we  have  ensured  that  our  corporate  reporting  is  timely,  complete,  and  available  globally  at 
minimum cost to the Company. All press releases, financial reports and other information are available on our Investors and Media 
page on our website: www.superretailgroup.com

OUR BUSINESS

OUR PURPOSE

To provide solutions and engaging 
experiences that enable our customers 
to make the most of their leisure time.

OUR VISION

We exist to inspire you  
to live your passion.

STRATEGIC PILLARS

We see that customer engagement, delivering inspiring customer solutions, developing 
a world-class supply chain and building an engaged and capable team are critical to 
our future. We remain focused on our strategic pillars to ensure we continue to foster 
sustainable value creation in a changing retail environment.

SOLUTIONS  
THAT ENGAGE AND 
INSPIRE

FUTURE 
ORGANISATION

AGILE & EFFICIENT 
SUPPLY CHAIN

07
STRONG &  
SUSTAINABLE 
FOUNDATIONS

SEAMLESS  
OMNI-RETAIL  
CAPABILITIES

ACTIONABLE  
CUSTOMER  
INSIGHTS

ENGAGED &  
CAPABLE TEAM

OUR CORE BRANDS

Super Retail Group is one of Australasia’s largest retailers, and is proud to provide solutions 
and engaging experiences that inspire our customers to live their leisure passions as the 
owner of iconic Australian brands including:

AUTO

LEISURE

SPORTS

Supercheap Auto is a thriving specialty 
retail business, specialising in automotive 
parts and accessories. Supercheap 
Auto stocks a wide range of tools 
and accessories for the DIY home 
handyman, as well as products for 
travel, touring, outdoors, garage and 
the shed.

With stores across every state of 
mainland Australia, BCF is the largest 
outdoor retailer in the country. We 
only sell quality brands from trusted 
manufacturers and are committed to 
offering the widest product range to our 
customers, who are as passionate about 
boating, camping and fishing as we are.

Rebel offers a wide range of the latest 
release, quality, branded sporting and 
leisure goods for the casual enthusiast 
and serious competitor, including fitness 
equipment, sports equipment, apparel 
and associated accessories.

As Australia’s largest outdoor 
entertainment and camping leisure 
retailer, Rays offers families everything 
they need to enjoy the outdoors from 
the backyard to the bush.

Amart Sports provides a broad range 
of leisure sports products designed for 
familyand team sports, and geared  
to the casual market at compelling 
prices. The Amart Sports brand will 
be merged into the Rebel business in 
November 2017.

4

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017PASSION INTEGRITYCAREOPENNESSDISCIPLINEOUR BUSINESS

OUR GOALS

Super Retail Group has a strong portfolio of retail businesses, each with strong potential for organic 
growth. We recognise the imperative of turning this potential into growth in total Group earnings.

INSPRIRED, 
ENGAGED 
AND SATISFIED 
CUSTOMERS 

HEALTHY, 
PASSIONATE AND 
HIGH PERFORMING
TEAM MEMBERS

TOP QUARTILE 
SHAREHOLDER 
RETURNS 

SUSTAINABLE 
AND EFFICIENT 
OMNI-RETAIL 
CAPABILITIES

DELIVERING OUR FINANCIAL TARGETS 5 YEAR TARGETS

STORE NUMBERS

LFL GROWTH

EBIT MARGIN

PRE TAX ROC %*

>50%

>30%

>30%

5

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017(quantity)(percentage)(percentage per annum)(percentage) *excludes acquired goodwill and brand namesOUR NETWORK

~12,000

TEAM MEMBERS

7 DISTRIBUTION 

CENTRES

630+

STORES

3 COUNTRIES OF OPERATION: 

AUSTRALIA, NZ & CHINA

632STORES ACROSS OUR  

ENTIRE NETWORK

6

59

44

4 SUPPORT 

OFFICES

6

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017BRAND

ACT

NSW

NT

QLD

SA

TAS

VIC

WA

NZ

TOTAL

AMART SPORTS

BCF

RAYS

REBEL

SUPERCHEAP AUTO

-

3

1

4

4

13

38

1

37

72

TOTAL

12

161

1

2

-

-

3

6

28

38

1

15

83

165

5

10

1

7

21

44

-

4

-

1

5

18

22

11

26

54

10

131

3

18

-

8

30

59

-

-

-

-

44

44

68

135

15

98

316

632

SUPER RETAIL GROUP 
DISTRIBUTION CENTRE

SHIPPING

ROAD FREIGHT

RAIL FREIGHT

OUR DIGITAL NETWORK

165

161

131

12

10

44

7

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017CHAIR’S MESSAGE

DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDER, 

On behalf of your Board of Directors, I am pleased to present Super Retail Group’s annual 
report for the 2017 financial year.

Super  Retail  Group  continues 
to 
perform  strongly,  growing  profits  and 
revenues,  adding  new  customers 
in  core  and  adjacent  segments, 
expanding  our  store 
to 
strategically match demand, investing 
in building strong connections with our 
passionate customers, and increasing 
dividends to shareholders. 

footprint 

2017 PERFORMANCE

I am pleased to report that it has been 
a record year for Super Retail Group. 

like  sales 

The  Group  generated  total  sales 
of  $2.5  billion,  driven  by  a 
like 
for 
increase  of  4.1  per 
cent,  and  Normalised  Net  Profit  
After  Tax  attributable  to  owners  of  
increase  of  
$135.8  million,  an 
25.0  per  cent  over 
the  prior 
comparative period.

Earnings  Before 
Interest  and  Tax 
(EBIT)  increased  by  18.3  per  cent  to  
$207.3  million.  This  was  largely  driven 
by  like  for  like  sales  growth,  gross 
margin  expansion  and 
improved 
business efficiencies.

Sports  Divisions 
The  Auto  and 
continued to perform strongly and we 
are pleased to see a return to positive 
results  from  our  Leisure  Division.  The 
transformation  initiatives  undertaken 
in the last two years have contributed 
to the strong results with the significant 
improvement  in  performance  in  the 
Leisure  Division  and  the  turnaround 
the  
in 
Sports Division. 

loss  making  businesses 

in 

We  are  also  pleased  that  the  invest-
ment  in  supply  chain  infrastructure 
and  systems  is  generating  significant 
operational  efficiencies  and  better 
stock availability for our customers.

The  Group  maintained  its  disciplined 
approach  to  financial  management, 
with  operating  cash 
flows  of  
$234.5 million fully funding the Group’s 
capital expenditure and dividend 

8

payments  and 
net debt.

DIVIDEND

reducing  average  

Reflecting the Group’s strong financial 
performance  and  balance  sheet, 
your  Directors  are  pleased  to  have 
been able to declare a final dividend 
of  25.0  cents  per  share.  Added  to 
the  interim  dividend  of  21.5  cents 
per  share,  this  maintains  a  full  year  
dividend  of  46.5  cents  per  share,  an 
increase  of  12.0  per  cent  over  the  
prior year. 

GOVERNANCE & RISK

remains  highly  aware 
Your  Board 
of 
risks  
the  new  and  emerging 
arising  from  the  changing  nature  of  
the  environment  in  which  the  Group 
operates. Cyber security, privacy and 
digital  disruption  are  all  issues  with 
increasing  prominence  and  which 
require  close  and  careful  attention 
by  all  retailers.  As  the  Company  
continues 
shift  
to  accelerate 
towards  omni-retailing,  we  continue 
to 
in  enhanced  corporate  
governance  and  risk  management 
capabilities  to  ensure  the  systems, 
processes 
in 
functions 
the  maturity  and 
place  have 
robustness 
to  protect 
and  maintain  the  Group’s  ability  
to  effectively  navigate  and  mitigate 
any risks.    

required 

invest 

and 

its 

BOARD RENEWAL

The  Board  undertakes  a 
regular  
review of its performance and of the 
experience and tenure of its members 
to  ensure  it  maintains  the  necessary 
diverse range of skills and experience 
required  to  oversee  the  strategy  and 
in  the 
governance  of  the  Group 
evolving retail market.

John  Skippen  retired  from  the  Board 
in  October  2016  having  served  as 
a  Director  for  eight  years.  During 
this  time,  John  made  a  significant  
contribution  to  the  growth  of  the 

Group,  drawing  on  his  extensive  
retail,  property  and  finance  experi-
ence  We  wish  John  all  the  very  best 
for his retirement. 

Howard  Mowlem  was  appointed  to 
the  Board  in  June  2017  and  brings 
diverse  experience  across  the  retail 
sector,  in  Australia  and  throughout 
Asia.  He  has  extensive  expertise  in 
corporate  finance,  mergers  and  
acquisitions, 
reporting, 
treasury,  tax,  investor  relations,  audit 
and  governance.  Howard  will  be 
appointed  as  the  Chair  of  the  Audit 
&  Risk  Committee 
the 
publication of this report.

following 

financial 

I  have  also  announced  my  intention 
to  retire  from  the  Board,  effective 
from the date of the Annual General 
The  Board  
Meeting 
have  elected  my 
fellow  non- 
executive  director,  Dr  Sally  Pitkin  as 
the new Chair.

in  October. 

role  a  great 
Sally  brings  to  the 
depth  of  understanding  of 
the 
Company,  having  joined  the  Board 
in July 2010, and I am certain that she  
shall  provide  outstanding  leadership 
as the Company continues to respond 
to  the  dynamic  retail  environment 
and 
sustainable  value  
to  drive 
for shareholders.

It has been a great pleasure to serve 
as Chair of such a successful Australian 
Company  and  to  work  with  such  a 
strong Board and management team. 
Moving  forward,  the  Company  shall 
be extremely well served by having as 
its  Chair  a  person  of  Sally’s  capacity 
and experience. 

OUTLOOK 

We enter the new financial year with 
good  momentum.  We  will  sustain 
our  focus  in  the  year  ahead  on  the 
continuing growth and transformation 
of  our  existing  businesses  and  the 
development  of 
the  capabilities 
and culture required to operate as a 
world-class omni-retail business. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017We will continue to review the structure 
and  positioning  of  our  businesses 
to  ensure  they  are  best  placed  to 
in  the  evolving 
compete  strongly 
retail  market.  We  have  decided  to 
merge  the  Rebel  and  Amart  Sports 
businesses,  as  we  have  determined 
that 
focusing  on  one  business 
presents the best opportunity to meet 
the  needs  and  wants  of  customers 
in  the  Sports  Retail  market.  We  will 
continue  to  assess  the  performance 
of  the  BCF  and  Rays  businesses  to 
determine the optimal strategy for our 
participation  in  the  Outdoor  Leisure 
Retail  market.  We  are  continuing 
to  extend  our  service  offerings  for 
our  Supercheap  Auto  customers 
increasingly  offer  solutions  not  
to 
just products. 

We  are  also  making  the  investment 
necessary to build the digital, IT, supply 
chain  and  analytical  capabilities  to 
build  our  omni-retail  capabilities.  At 
the  same  time,  we  will  continue  our 
program  of  store  network  growth 
and  refurbishment  to  ensure  that  we 
present our customers with engaging 
experiences  in  stores  and  enabling 
them to shop their way.

look 

We 
forward  to  the  coming 
year  with  energy,  enthusiasm  and 
confidence.

On  behalf  of  the  Board,  I  thank  all 
shareholders 
their  continued 
support,  and  Super  Retail  Group’s 
management 
team 
members for their contributions.

team  and 

for 

Robert Wright, Chair

9

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017CEO’S MESSAGE

DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDER, 

The record results achieved in 2017 reflect the strong underlying performance across all three 
of the Group’s divisions, the benefits of transformation initiatives in the Leisure and Sports 
Divisions and the investment in the Group’s omni-retail capabilities.

The investment in our store network, in 
the  form  of  opening  new  stores  and 
refurbishing  existing  stores,  continues 
to  deliver  strong  returns  with  our 
underlying  sales  growth  significantly 
higher  than  the  growth  in  consumer 
spending  across  the  retail  market.  
We continue to see large increases in 
the  number  of  customers  interacting 
with  our  brands  through  our  digital 
channels.  This  is  not  only  generating 
significant  growth 
in  digital  sales, 
particularly through click-and-collect, 
but  is  also  helping  our  customers 
make  their  buying  decisions  before 
to  complete  
store 
coming 
their purchases.

into 

We are very pleased that we continue 
to  see  strong  performance  across 
the  non-financial  measures  that  we 
use  as  indicators  of  the  long  term 
health  of  our  company.  From  the 
customer  perspective,  we  have 
seen  increases  in  customer  traffic  in 
store  and  online,  and  an  increase  
in  endorsement  scores.  From  a  team 
member  perspective,  we  have 
seen  another  strong 
improvement 
in  our 
safety  performance  and  
we  have  maintained  engagement 
levels  within  the  top  quartile  of  all 
Australian businesses.

ROBUST FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 

All 
three  divisions  generated  an 
increase in EBIT margins driven by solid 
like for like sales growth, improvement 
in  gross  margin  and  control  of 
operating  costs.  The  transformation 
initiatives  undertaken  during  the  last 
two  years  have  contributed  to  the 
strong 
results,  with  the  significant 
improvement  in  performance  in  the 
Leisure Division and the elimination of 
losses  in  the  Infinite  Retail  business  in 
the Sports Division.

10

Our  investment  in  our  supply  chain 
is  delivering  expected 
capabilities 
benefits  with  improvement  in  store 
stock  availability  and  reductions  in 
logistics  cost  per  unit.  We  expect  to 
generate  further  efficiency  savings  in 
the coming year.

Continued  good  management  of 
working  capital  has  contributing 
towards  generating  operating  cash 
flow  of  $234.5  million,  $75.3  million 
above  the  previous  corresponding 
period. 
in  cash 
conversion  has  enabled  the  Group 
to invest $101.2 million in supporting its 
strategic programs, at the same time 
as reducing average net debt.

strength 

This 

Key highlights include: 

•  Normalised Net Profit After Tax 
(NPAT) at $135.8 million, an 
increase of 25.0 per cent over the 
comparative period

•  Group Segment Earnings  

Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) at 
$207.3 million, an increase of  
18.3 per cent 

•  Strong contribution from all 

Divisions, with Auto, Leisure and 
Sports Segment EBIT growth of  
6.1 per cent, 36.6 per cent and 
17.4 per cent respectively

•  Reported NPAT includes non-cash 

transformation costs of $34.0 million 
associated with the merging of the 
Rebel and Amart Sports businesses.

TRANSFORMATION ACTIVITIES 
DELIVERING POSITIVE RESULTS

Integral to the Group’s ongoing growth 
and financial performance has been 
the  delivery  of  key  transformation 
activities as we continue to evolve our 
business  to  stay  ahead  of  changing 
customer and market dynamics. 

BCF has reasserted itself as the market 
leader in outdoor leisure retail. Its sales 
performance  strengthened  through 
the  year  as  its  new  brand  campaign 
and  revised  pricing  and  promotion 
strategies  strongly 
resonated  with 
target customers. 

The  performance  of  many  aspects 
of  the  new  format  Rays  stores  has 
been  promising,  with  customer 
transaction 
conversion,  average 
value  and  customer  net  promoter 
scores  exceeding  targets.  However, 
customer  traffic  has  not  reached 
target levels and as a result sales have 
fallen short of expectations.

The  Group  will  continue  to  develop 
and  test  the  new  Rays  format  to 
determine  the  most  value  creating 
participation  strategy  for  the  brand 
within the Leisure Division.

We  have  successfully  returned  the 
Infinite  business  to  profit  this  financial 
year  as  a 
restructuring 
result  of 
commercial contracts and integrating 
administrative 
functions  within  the 
Sports  Division.  The  Infinite  business 
plays  an  important  role  in  the  overall 
Sports  strategy,  and  helps  to  further 
cement  our  strong  partnerships  with 
local sporting bodies, such as the AFL 
and NRL. 

We  announced  in  July  that  we  have 
concluded that the long-term interests 
of shareholders, customers and team 
members  will  be  best  served  by  the 
Group  focusing  on  one  single  core 
brand  within  the  Sports  Division.  As 
a  result  we  will  be  converting  our 
network of Amart Sports stores to new 
Rebel stores by November 2017. 

The  Group  will  be  combining 
Rebel’s  strengths 
in  solutions  and 
services  with  Amart  Sports’  customer 
the  one 
service  excellence 

into 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017Sports 

national 

strong, 
retailer. 
This  combination  will  sustain  and 
strengthen  the  competitive  position 
of  the  Sports  Retailing  Division  in  the 
changing  customer  and  competitive 
landscape. 

As  a  management  team,  we  will 
continue  to 
review  how 
regularly 
we  conduct  our  retail  businesses  to 
ensure  they  properly  align  with  our 
Group strategy and meet the evolving  
needs  of  our  customers  and  the 
changing  competitive  dynamics  in 
the retail market.  

STRATEGIC INITIATIVES ON TRACK

Our strong operating cash flows leave 
us  well  placed  to  invest  in  future 
growth.  We  will  continue  to  invest  in 
growing  core  businesses,  including 
retail 
strategic 
footprint. Our store network is integral 
to  our  omni-retail  strategy  and  we 
see ongoing positive uplift in sales per 
square metre across our brands.   

investment 

in  our 

We  have  seen  continued  strong 
growth  in  our  digital  sales  across  our 
brands.  In  the  2017  financial  year, 
digital  sales  grew  by  75  per  cent  for 
the Auto Division, over 150 per cent in 
the Leisure Division and 73 per cent in 
the  Sports  Division.  These  results,  and 
the growth we’re seeing particularly in 
click-and-collect, further underline the 
importance of enabling customers to 
shop  however  and  wherever  they 
want  and 
the  clear  competitive 
advantage  our  national  physical 
network of stores offers in this regard. 
To that end, we will continue to invest 
in  further  integrating  the  off-line  to 
online  experience  we  provide  to  our 
customers  so  it  is  seamless  across  all 
touchpoints.  

In Supply Chain, we have realised the 
benefits  of  a  multi-year  operational 

11

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017CEO’S MESSAGE (cont)

improvement  program 
that  has 
delivered efficiencies over and above 
our targeted $10 million goal. We see 
further  potential  benefits  of  a  similar 
size  that  we  are  aiming  to  realise  in 
the near term.

We  expect  capital  expenditure  for  
the  2018  financial  year  to  be  in  the 
order  of  $120  million,  with  a  number 
of  key  programs  to  form  the  main 
recipient of financial investment in the 
coming year:

•  Implementing a new platform 
to improve the experience for 
our customers on our websites 
and investing in supply chain 
and inventory management to 
improve our inventory availability 
and improve speed and cost  
of fulfillment

•  Strategic investment in enhancing 
the in-store experience through 
refurbishments and new formats, 
such as the Supercheap Auto’s 
Customer Experience Centre 
(or ‘Vision’ store) and Rebel’s 
Accelerate stores

•  Strengthening customer 

endorsement through continuing 
our focus on our Net Promoter 
Score (NPS) performance and 
initiatives aimed at further 
strengthening our connections 
with our customers around their 
leisure passions

•  Leveraging and building the 

strong customer loyalty we enjoy 
across our brands, with active club 
memberships continuing to  
increase and an increased focus 
on direct, personalised marketing 
to our various customers

•  Continued focus on investing 
in our IT foundations that form 
a critical part of our omni-retail 

12

capabilities, including strategic 
partnering with external providers 
to upgrade our data centre 
capacity and an ongoing focus 
on cyber security management. 

These  initiatives  are  aligned  with  the 
Group’s  chief  focus  on  continuing 
to  build  world-class  omni-retail 
capabilities,  capitalising  on 
the 
progress  already  well  embedded 
across our business operations. 

OUR TEAM

On behalf of my fellow Directors and 
the  Group  Leadership  Team,  I  would 
like  to  thank  every  one  of  our  12,000 
team members across Australia, New 
Zealand  and  China  for  their  tireless 
contribution  to  the  Group’s  ongoing 
growth  and 
team 
members’  knowledge,  passion  and 
commitment to customer service has 
been and will continue to be the most 
important driver of our performance. 

success.  Our 

I  am  proud  that  we  maintained  top 
quartile  levels  of  team  engagement 
across  the  Group,  with  our  overall 
team  engagement  score  of  71  per 
cent, including a 6 per cent increase 
in  the  number  of  ‘highly  engaged’ 
team members. 

retail 

from  being 

Engagement  within 
team 
members  remains  particularly  high, 
and  we  continue  to  see  the  benefits 
that  come 
fortunate 
enough  to  be  in  a  business  with 
brands  that  both  our  team  and 
customers  are  passionate  about. 
We  see  opportunities  to  continue  to 
improve  our  people  and  leadership 
increase  our 
further 
activities 
team  engagement  scores  across  our 
business, and that will be our focus for 
the year ahead.

to 

Our  commitment  to  continuing  to 
improve  our  safety  performance  has 

been  an  ongoing  focus  for  myself 
and  my  leadership  team,  and  I  am 
pleased to report that our Group Lost 
Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) for 
this financial year continues to reduce 
and compares favourably to industry 
benchmarks.  This  year  LTIFR  was  6.31 
per  million  hours  worked.  As  part  of 
our  ongoing  development  of  the 
maturity of our data, we have revised 
the  definition  of  LTIFR  and  adjusted 
the  2016  score  to  8.77.  While  we  are 
pleased with the reduction achieved, 
we  will  continue  to  strive  towards 
getting  our  LTIFR  as  close  as  possible 
to  zero,  recognising  that  every  injury 
is  preventable.  We  will  increasingly 
focus  on  our  total  injury  frequency 
rate in the years ahead.

For  Super  Retail  Group,  a  diverse 
and  inclusive  workforce  is  a  core 
competitive advantage. We are one 
of  those  infamous  ASX200  businesses 
that has a CEO named Peter, but we 
are  proud  of  our  efforts  to  increase 
gender  diversity  in  our  leadership. 
Females represent 43 per cent of our 
directors and 40 per cent of my direct 
reports. 
I  am  particularly  pleased 
that we have been able to increase  
the  number  of  female  leaders  in 
senior  operational  roles  in  retail  and 
supply chain. 

remain  committed  to 

further 
We 
advancing  diversity  and 
inclusion 
across  our  business  and  increasing 
the  percentage  of  our  leadership 
positions  held  by  females  not  only 
at  the  Board  and  Group  Leadership 
Team level, but throughout our senior 
and middle management from 34 per 
cent today to 40 per cent by 2019.

FUTURE STRATEGIC FOCUS

We recognise that the Retail Industry 
through  unprecedented 
is  going 
change  as  a  result  of  the  impact 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017”

WE HAVE BUILT A GROUP OF BUSINESSES 
THAT OPERATE IN RETAIL MARKETS IN 
WHICH OUR CUSTOMERS ARE LOOKING 
FOR MORE THAN PRODUCT.

of  ever  more  demanding  customer 
expectations,  global  competition 
and  digitalisation.  However,  we  have 
been  considering  these  forces  for 
a  number  of  years  and  our  strategy 
has  been  developed  to  ensure  that  
we  continue 
this 
evolving environment.

to  succeed 

in 

We  have  built  a  group  of  businesses 
that operate in retail markets in which 
our  customers  are  looking  for  more 
than  product.  The  products  they  buy 
are used to support a passion whether 
that’s  making  sure  that  their  prized 
Monaro continues to run well and look 
great or landing an 80cm barramundi 
or running the 10km in 40 minutes. We 
have  the  opportunity  to  engage  the 
customer  in  store  or  online,  provide 
them  with  related  information  and 
services  and  build  a 
relationship 
based around a shared passion. 

Central to our success will be our ability 
to attract, develop and engage team 
members  who  share  our  customers’ 
passions  and  are  dedicated 
to 
that  meet  or 
solutions 
providing 
exceed our customers’ expectations. 

through  our 

is  competitive 

We  recognise  that  while  we  can 
differentiate 
shared 
passion  and  our  focus  on  solutions 
we  still  need  to  ensure  that  our 
customer  offer 
in 
the  core  aspects  of  retail  –  price, 
convenience, 
range,  service  and 
experience.  We  are  now  operating 
in  a  market  in  which  the  world’s  best 
retailers have set up shop so we need 
to  build  an  organisation  with  world-
class retail capabilities. Strengthening 
our  capabilities  in  digital,  IT,  direct 
to  customer  delivery  and  analytics 
will  be  core  focus  areas  in  the  next  
three years.

We also recognise that we will need to 
ensure  that  we  operate  as  efficiently 

as  possible  and  we  will  continue  to 
look  for  opportunities  to  generate 
efficiencies  in  our  ranging,  sourcing 
and  supply  chain  operations.  We 
are  also 
reviewing  our  operating 
model  to  ensure  that  we  are  set  
up  to  operate  in  the  most  effective 
and  efficient  manner  to  meet  the 
needs  of  our  customers  in  this  omni-
retail environment.

Customers  will 
increasingly  expect 
to  be  able  to  shop  the  way  that  is 
most  convenient  for  them  at  any 
given moment in time, whether that’s 
in  store,  at  home  or  at  work,  or  by 
clicking  and  collecting,  and  those 
retailers  who  are  able  to  serve  the 
customer however they want to shop 
will  be  best  placed  to  succeed.  We 
believe  that  the  seamless  integration 
of our digital business with our network 
of  conveniently  located  stores  offers 
us  a  major  competitive  advantage 
so  we  will  continue  to  invest  in  the 
growth  and 
refurbishment  of  our  
store network.  

CONFIDENT OUTLOOK

The Group’s focus for the year ahead 
will  therefore  be  on  the  continuing 
of 
growth  and 
transformation 
the 
our  existing  businesses,  and 
development  of 
the  capabilities 
and culture required to operate as a 
world-class omni-retail business.

The  benefits  from  the  transformation 
initiatives,  supply  chain  efficiencies 
and  private  brand  development 
programs  will  be  reinvested  in  our 
customer offer and we are confident 
that we can continue to deliver sales 
growth ahead of the retail market and 
also generate further improvements in 
our operating margins. 

We will also sustain our focus on working 
capital efficiency and we expect that 
underlying  operating  cash  flows  will 

continue to be higher than operating 
profit  over  the  next  few  years.  This 
will  enable  the  Group  to  continue  to 
invest in building our capabilities and 
the  growth  and  refurbishment  of  our 
store network while growing dividends 
and reducing debt. 

leaders 

We  have  a  strong  platform  for  the 
future  having  built  strong  businesses 
that  are  market 
their 
categories.  We  are  confident  we 
have  the  right  strategies  in  place  to 
continue to meet the evolving needs 
of our customers and keep us ahead 
of our competition. 

in 

look 

We 
progress with you. 

forward 

to  sharing  our 

Peter Birtles, Group Managing Director 
and Chief Executive Officer

13

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 201714

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017CASE STUDY

CUSTOMER 
EXPERIENCE 
CENTRE

In a rapidly changing automotive 
landscape, innovation is the defining factor 
in Supercheap Auto’s ability to keep pace 
with evolving customer needs and to stay 
at the forefront of the industry 

This  year,  Supercheap  Auto  marked 
a  key  milestone  in  its  journey  of  store 
evolution  with 
the  creation  of  an 
innovative new concept, known as the 
Customer Experience Centre or ‘Vision’ 
store.  Located  in  the  Sydney  suburb 
of  Penrith,  the  Customer  Experience 
Centre opened in June 2017 and is the 
largest store in the Supercheap network.

Experience  Centre 
The  Customer 
creates a truly immersive and engaging 
experience  for  the  customer  where 
cutting  edge  digital 
seamlessly 
integrated  into  the  store  environment, 
exemplifying  what  the  future  of  omni-
retail will look like.

is 

TEAM MEMBERS MAKES THE DIFFERENCE

The  key  to  delivering  an  authentic 
customer experience starts with having 
a  passionate  team  who  are  driven  to 
exceed  customers’  expectations  and 
are  willing  to  go  above  and  beyond. 
In  the  Customer  Experience  Centre, 
Supercheap  Auto  has  introduced  a 
number of new roles including:

•  ‘Services and Customer Experience 

Manager’ – a role focused on 
leading all customer experience 
connection points in the store

•  ‘Concierge’ – responsible for 
providing a warm, authentic 
welcome and farewell for customers 
as they enter and leave the store

•  ‘Gurus’ – a team of highly 

knowledgeable and experienced 
team members focused on 
delivering service in more complex 
and involved product categories.

further 

Technology 
the 
team  to  deliver  service  excellence 
through  enhancing  efficiency  and 
communication.

enables 

FOCUS ON EXPERIENCE 

•  At the heart of the store is a 
Customer Experience Arena 
complete with grandstand seating 
around a central octagon digital 
screen. In this area, customers 
can watch and learn from live 
demonstrations or one of the 700 
available ‘How To’ videos.

•  The Car Clinic Advice Bar serves as 
a central hub of engagement and 
service, where team members can 
interact with customers in a more 
collaborative fashion, sitting side by 
side rather than standing behind a 
traditional store service counter.

•  The Pit Stop area creates an 

environment for customers to sit and 
relax, perhaps whilst waiting for a 
fitment service to be completed. 
Complete with an iPad bar, 
complimentary refreshments and 
community sharing boards, this 
area enables customers to connect 
holistically with Supercheap 

Auto beyond a simple product 
transaction.

CUTTING EDGE DIGITAL ENGAGEMENT

•  The Customer Experience Centre 
is a hub of digital innovation and 
connectivity with over 30 digital 
interaction points throughout the 
store, all seamlessly connected and 
controlled with the touch of an iPad.

•  Greeting customers in the carpark 
is a 38 square metre external LED 
screen, complete with weather 
sensor for rapid content response 
to weather conditions. Audio 
streaming through a FM transmitter 
creates a ‘drive-in theatre’ feel for 
out-of-hours community events.

•  24-hour parcel pick up lockers allow 
customers to access their ‘click and 
collect’ or special order at a time 
that suits them by using a unique 
access code.

•  Digital product selection tablets 

replace paper catalogues 
throughout the store, ensuring 
relevant and up-to-date product 
information is always on display. 
Endless aisle screens allow 
customers to shop an extended 
range of products online while 
digital product kiosks enable 
customers with instant access to 
rich, online content to assist their 
purchase decision.

15

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017STRATEGY & PERFORMANCE

The  priority  focus  for  the  Group  is  continuing  to  build  upon  the  substantial  progress  already 
underway  in  delivering  world-class  omni-retail  capabilities.  In  2017,  we  have  seen  the 
successful  execution  of  our  strategy  in  an  improved  customer  experience,  stronger  supply 
chain efficiencies and enhanced system and infrastructure foundations. 

Moving  into  2018,  the  strategy  for 
the  Group  remains  focused  on  the 
delivery  of  the  strategic  pillars  and 
financial  targets  we  have  set  out  for 
the business. 

To  deliver  this,  we  will  focus  on  three 
key areas:

1.  We will keep growing our business 
in high involvement categories, so 
that we continue to invest in what 
our customers are most passionate 
about.

2.  We will develop and attract 

capable team members who 
share our customers’ passions, and 
are as passionate as they are. 

3.  We will transform our operating 
model and build a world-class 
omni-retail organisation, so 
customers can connect with us 
whenever and however they 
choose. 

The successful execution of our strategy will require a focus on building world class 
capability in seven areas - our strategic pillars:

Solutions that 
Engage & Inspire

1

Seamless Omni  
Retail Capability 

2

4

Actionable  
Customer  
Insights

5

Agile & Efficient 
Supply Chain

Strategic 
Pillars 

Future  
Organisation

3

6

Engaged &  
Capable team

7

Strong &  
Sustainable 
Foundations 

The development of solutions that engage and inspire is central to the strategies of our individual businesses while the development 
of the six other pillars are approached on a Group-wide basis. Through focusing on these pillars we prioritise the investment and 
resources  on  accelerating  our  transformation  to  a  world  class  omni-retailer  delivering  the  solutions  and  services  to  inspire  our 
customers to live their leisure passions. 

Our Group pillars underpin the defined growth path and have shaped the plan for the coming year. The Group anticipates a capital 
expenditure program amounting to circa $120 million in the 2018 financial year associated with the development of these strategic 
programs across the Group. 

OUR PILLARS 

PURPOSE

Seamless Omni  
Retail Capability 

Future  
Organisation

Actionable  
Customer Insights

Agile and 
Efficient Supply Chain

Engaged and  
Capable team

Provide the capability that will enable our customers to have a seamless, 
sustainable omni-retail experience.

Challenge our operating approach, and continually improve how effectively and 
efficiently we work together as one team to deliver our strategy and provide the 
foundations of a scalable cost base.

Develop a clear understanding of our customers’ leisure passions, buying behaviours 
and opinions to drive the development of the best customer experience.

Optimise the supply chain network, connecting our customers to our products, 
delivering as promised.

Develop and maintain an achievement culture that is consistent with our values, attracts, 
engages and empowers team members who share our customers’ leisure passions.

Strong and  
Sustainable Foundations 

Sustainable business performance, underpinned by system and information 
management capability that delivers visibility, alignment, stability and focus.

16

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 201717

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 201718

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017OUR CUSTOMER  
JOURNEY

STEP ONE 
FIND INSPIRATION

Customers expect channel 
parity in their ability to access 
preliminary information to trigger 
or discover a potential need.

STEP TWO 
BROWSE & RESEARCH

STEP THREE 
SELECT & VALIDATE

Customers expect channel parity 
in regards to consistency, quality 
(expertise) and quantity (depth 
and breadth) of information, 
ability to compare, a broad 
choice of offerings, along with 
expertise and personalised 
insights. 

In-store, customers expect a 
convergence of channels and 
an experience that subtly, and 
beneficially intertwines digital 
into the in-store experience. 

STEP FOUR
PURCHASE & PAY

STEP FIVE
RECONSIDER

Customers expect the ability 
to purchase over their channel 
of choice (store vs online), pay 
in their preferred method, and 
have the order fulfilled in their 
preferred manner (take home, 
delivery, or click-and-collect).

Customers expect the ability to 
seamlessly change channel in 
order to A) return or exchange, 
and B) re-complete the journey 
with another purchase.

19

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 201720

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017CASE STUDY
STRATEGY & PERFORMANCE

OUTDOOR
LEISURE  
EXPERTS 

BCF reinforces positioning as ‘go 
to’ for outdoor leisure solutions 
with BCFing experts. 

iconic  by 
Merit  badges,  made 
the  popular  Scouts  movement, 
symbolise  the  aspirational  desire 
within  us  all 
to  achieve  and 
accumulate  practical  new  skills 
and  knowledge  that  can  be  put  
to  good  use  in  the  context  of  our 
daily lives. 

Super  Retail  Group  has  been 
accelerating its ongoing shift away 
from  being  a  chiefly  product-
centric  business,  and 
towards 
being  focused  on  delivering  the 
experiences, solutions and services 
to  make 
our  customers  need 
the  most  of  their  leisure  time.  We 
want  to  help  them  catch  the  fish 
they’ve always wanted to – not just 
sell  them  the  fishing  rod.  Building 
engagement and connection with 
customers  around  their  passions, 
which  our  team  members  share, 
long-term 
creates  meaningful, 
ultimately 
relationships,  which 
long-term  value,  market 
drives 
growth,  customer 
loyalty  and 
financial performance. 

Fundamental  to  the  success  of 
our  omni-retail  strategy  is  ensuring 
we  are  leveraging  both  our  stores 
and  online  assets  as  places  of 
engagement  around  the  services 
and  solutions  our  customers  need. 
to  offer  customers 
Being  able 

the  benefit  of  our  expert  advice, 
knowledge  and  assistance  is  an 
important  element  of  this,  as  well 
as  being  a  key  driver  of  customer 
advocacy. 

To 
further  enhance  customer 
recognition  and  awareness,  as 
well  as  continuing  to  develop 
the  team’s  technical  knowledge, 
launched  the  ‘BCFing 
BCF  has 
Experts’  program,  to  be  rolled  out 
across  the  business  in  the  coming 
financial  year.  The  program 
is 
aimed  at  providing  all  BCF  team 
members  strong,  consistent  and 
shared  knowledge  of  the  range 
of  products,  solutions  and  services 
offered  to  customers,  equipping 
them  to  help  customers  with  the 
advice they need to catch that fish, 
have the best outdoor experience 
possible  or  get  what  they  need  to 
make the most of their leisure time.  

As a program, BCFing Experts will:  

•  Provide 

technical  knowledge 
to  all  team  members  to  enable 
them to engage with customers 
and provide the superior, expert 
service  that  is  part  of  the  BCF 
brand’s DNA.  

•  Ensure  team  members  who  are 
the  most  passionate  experts 
across  the  full  range  of  outdoor 

that  BCF 

is 
leisure  pursuits 
involved 
in  are  encouraged 
to  share  their  knowledge  with 
other  team  members  as  well  
as customers.

Under the program, team members 
will  be  able  to  achieve  badges  in 
four  key  areas:  Camping,  Fishing, 
Boating  and  Apparel.  All  team 
members will be expected to work 
to  achieve  a  ‘Bronze’  badge  in 
all  four  areas,  while  truly  expert 
team  members  will  be  able  to 
work  at  achieving  ‘Silver’  and 
ultimately  ‘Gold’  badges.  Badges 
will  be  awarded  on  the  basis  of 
technical  knowledge,  as  well 
as  demonstrations  of  practical 
expertise that includes  experience 
and 
involvement. 
Team members will proudly display 
their  accomplishments  on 
their 
name badges, enabling customers 
to  recognise  team  members  with 
particular areas of expertise. 

community 

We  hope  achieving  a  BCF  ‘Gold’ 
badge in Camping will become as 
famous  across  Australia  as  a  mark 
of  true  expertise  as  the  Climbing 
merit badge is the mark of a Scout 
adept  in  the  art  of  tying  figure- 
eight knots.

21

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017BOARD OF DIRECTORS

ROBERT WRIGHT
Independent  
Non-Executive Chairman 

PETER BIRTLES
Group Managing Director  
Chief Executive Officer

DIANA EILERT
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

LAUNA INMAN
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Robert Wright was 
appointed a Director of 
the Company on 19 May 
2004 and Chair on 28 
October 2009. Robert has 
over 35 years’ financial 
management experience 
across a range of 
industries including Retail, 
Food Processing and Fast 
Moving Consumer Goods. 
During his executive 
career he was the Chief 
Financial Officer of 
several listed companies 
including ten years for 
David Jones Limited. 
He has over 25 years’ 
experience as both an 
Executive Director and 
Non-Executive Director 
of a number of private 
and listed companies 
in the following industry 
sectors: Retail, Fast 
Moving Consumer Goods, 
Property Development, 
Manufacturing and 
Natural Gas Infrastructure. 
Robert was previously the 
Chairman of APA Ethane 
Limited, the responsible 
entity of Ethane Pipeline 
Income Fund, Chairman 
of SAI Global Limited and 
a Director of Australian 
Pipeline Limited, the 
responsible entity of the 
registered managed 
investment schemes that 
comprise APA Group.

Peter Birtles was 
appointed a Director  
of the Company on  
5 January 2006. Peter has 
over 27 years’ leadership 
experience in the retail, 
pharmaceutical and 
consumer products 
industries. Peter joined 
Super Retail Group Limited 
in April 2001 as Chief 
Financial Officer and also 
served as Secretary of the 
Company between May 
2004 and January 2006. 
He was appointed Group 
Managing Director and 
Chief Executive Officer 
in January 2006. Prior to 
joining Super Retail Group, 
Peter spent 12 years 
working with The Boots 
Company in the United 
Kingdom and Australia 
in a variety of senior roles 
across finance, planning, 
operations, supply chain, 
human resources and 
information technology. 
Peter is a Chartered 
Accountant and prior 
to joining The Boots 
Company, he worked 
for Coopers & Lybrand. 
Peter is currently a Non-
Executive Director of GWA 
Group Limited.

Diana Eilert was 
appointed a Director  
of the Company on  
21 October 2015. Diana 
is an experienced Non-
Executive Director who 
brings three key skills 
to Super Retail Group: 
extensive operational 
experience as a Group 
Executive and CEO, 
Partner level skills in 
Strategy (with particular 
emphasis on technology 
customer experience 
and data), and, more 
recently, significant work 
in digital disruption and 
business models. Diana 
is currently appointed to 
the Boards of Navitas, 
Queensland Urban Utilities 
and NSW Electricity 
Networks. With over 
25 years in executive 
roles, Diana was Group 
Executive with Suncorp 
and Citibank and also 
as a Partner with IBM, 
where she gained further 
technology experience. 
Most recently, Diana was 
Head of Strategy and 
Corporate Development 
for News Ltd where her 
focus was on digital 
transformation and 
emerging business 
models.

Launa Inman was 
appointed a Director  
of the Company on  
21 October 2015. Launa 
brings to the board 
extensive experience 
in retailing, marketing 
(including digital 
technology and social 
media), finance and 
logistics. Her diverse 
experience includes terms 
as Managing Director 
and CEO of Billabong 
International (May 2012 to 
August 2013), Managing 
Director of Target Australia 
Pty Ltd (2005 to 2011) 
and Managing Director 
of Office Works (2004 to 
2005). Launa is a member 
of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors 
and has completed 
the Wharton Business 
School executive 
program. Launa has a 
Bachelor of Commerce 
majoring in Accounting 
and Economics and a 
Masters in Commerce 
and Strategy. Launa is a 
Non-Executive Director of 
the Commonwealth Bank 
of Australia and Precinct 
Properties New Zealand, 
and a member of the 
boards of the Alannah 
and Madeline Foundation 
and Virgin Australia 
Melbourne Fashion 
Festival.

22

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 
SALLY PITKIN 
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

REG ROWE
Non-Executive Director 

HOWARD MOWLEM
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Reg Rowe was appointed 
a Director of the 
Company on 8 April 2004. 
Reg and Hazel Rowe 
founded an automotive 
accessories mail order 
business in 1972 which 
they ran from their 
Queensland home. In 
1974 they commenced 
retail operations of the 
business which evolved 
into Supercheap Auto. 
Reg served as Managing 
Director until 1996 and 
then Chair from 1996 
to 2004. Prior to this, 
Reg had 13 years’ 
experience in various 
retail and merchandise 
roles at Myer department 
stores. Reg brings to the 
Board extensive retail 
industry and general 
management expertise 
and skills in retail and 
merchandise operations, 
property and strategy. 
Reg is a Director of a 
number of private family 
companies.

Dr Sally Pitkin was 
appointed a Director of 
the Company on 1 July 
2010. Sally is the Chair of 
the Human Resources 
and Remuneration 
Committee. Sally has over 
20 years’ experience as a 
Non-Executive Director in 
the listed, private, public 
and non-profit sectors, 
including experience in 
international markets, 
and 13 years’ experience 
as a Non-Executive 
Director of ASX200 
companies. She is a 
lawyer and former partner 
of Clayton Utz with 
banking law, corporate 
law and corporate 
governance expertise. 
Sally is a Non-Executive 
Director and Fellow of 
the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors 
and is President of the 
Queensland Division. Sally 
is presently a Director of 
ASX listed companies 
Star Entertainment 
Group Limited, Link 
Administration Holdings 
Limited, and IPH Limited. 
Sally holds a Doctor of 
Philosophy (Governance), 
awarded in 2012.

Howard Mowlem was 
appointed a Director 
of the Company on 13 
June 2017. Howard is 
experienced in many 
segments of the Australian 
and international retail 
industry.  From 2001 
to 2010 he was Chief 
Financial Officer and 
a Board member of 
Dairy Farm International 
Holdings, a Hong Kong-
based pan-Asian retailer 
operating over 5,000 
stores predominantly in 
the fast moving consumer 
goods sector. Prior to 
that, for over 12 years 
he held a range of 
financial management 
positions with the Coles 
Myer Group, including 
as finance director for 
Coles Supermarkets. 
Howard brings extensive 
experience in corporate 
finance, mergers and 
acquisitions, financial 
reporting, treasury, tax, 
audit and governance. 
He holds a Bachelor of 
Economics (Hons), MBA 
and Securities Industry 
Diploma. He is a Fellow 
of CPA Australia. Since 
October 2012, Howard 
has been a Non-Executive 
director of Billabong 
International Ltd, and 
Chair of its Audit and Risk 
Committee.

23

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 
GROUP EXECUTIVE TEAM

DAVID AJALA
Managing Director – 
Super Retail Commercial  

DAVID BURNS
Chief Financial Officer

ERICA BERCHTOLD
Managing Director –
Sports Retailing

David joined Super 
Retail Group in July 2005 
as General Manager 
of Merchandise, 
subsequently serving 
as Chief Operating 
Officer and Managing 
Director of the Group’s 
Auto Retailing business. 
He currently leads the 
Super Retail Commercial 
business. Prior to Super 
Retail Group, David 
held various senior 
management positions in 
Coles Myer’s supermarket 
division.

David joined Super Retail 
Group in December 
2012 in the role of 
Chief Financial Officer. 
David holds a degree 
in Economics from the 
University of Sydney, 
and is a CPA. David has 
over 20 years of finance 
experience in a number 
of industry sectors. 
He has held senior 
management positions 
at Qantas, Spotless and 
Lend Lease. David has 
overall responsibility 
for the finance, risk 
management and 
customer relationship 
management functions 
for the Group.

Erica joined Super Retail 
Group in November 2011 
as Managing Director – 
Sports Retailing, following 
the acquisition of Rebel 
Group, and leads the 
Rebel, Amart Sports 
and Goldcross Cycles 
businesses. Erica has over 
15 years of Australian 
retail experience and 
has served in senior 
management positions, 
including General 
Manager of two women’s 
apparel businesses for 
Specialty Fashion Group 
and National Product 
Management roles at 
Harvey Norman.

ROBERT DAWKINS 
Company Secretary, 
Chief Legal &  
Property Officer

Robert joined Super Retail 
Group in 2001 as Property 
Manager and was 
appointed the Group 
Company Secretary 
in December 2010. He 
also leads the Group’s 
Legal, Compliance, 
Sustainability and 
Property Services 
functions. Prior to joining 
the Group, Robert was 
Property Manager for 
Bank of Queensland 
Limited. He holds a 
Bachelor Degree in 
Accountancy from QUT 
and a Postgraduate 
Diploma in Applied 
Corporate Governance.

24

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017AMANDA FLEMING 
Chief Transformation 
Officer

PAUL HAYES
Chief Information Officer

ANTHONY HERAGHTY 
Managing Director –
Leisure Retailing

JANE KELLY 
Chief Human  
Resources Officer

Amanda was appointed 
Chief Transformation 
Officer (CTO) in June 2017 
from Coles, where she 
was Director of Human 
Resources. Previous senior 
roles also include Chief 
Operations Officer and 
Chief People Officer for 
Pizza Hut USA and Human 
Resources Director for 
Mars in Australia, where 
she also served as 
European Organisational 
Development Manager 
for Mars in the UK and 
Europe. Amanda has a 
Masters in Organisation 
Change from Hult 
International Business 
School and a Bachelor 
of Business from Deakin 
University.

Paul was appointed 
Chief Information Officer 
(CIO) in December 2015 
from UK retailer, John 
Lewis, where he served 
for a number of years 
as Head of Information 
Systems Delivery. Paul 
was previously a senior 
IT consultant with IBM, 
leading multi-million 
dollar projects for premier 
retailers including Tesco, 
Argos and Woolworths, 
and prior to that held a 
variety of roles with British 
Home Stores.

Anthony joined the 
Group in April 2015 from 
Pacific Brands Limited, 
where he most recently 
served as Group General 
Manager of Underwear. 
Anthony was previously 
Global Marketing Director 
for Foster’s Group Limited 
and spent more than 
10 years at advertising 
agencies George 
Patterson and McCann-
Erickson, where he served 
as Managing Director. 
As Managing Director - 
Leisure Retailing, Anthony 
is responsible for the BCF 
Boating Camping Fishing 
and Rays businesses.

Jane joined Super Retail 
Group in July 2016 as 
Chief Human Resources 
Officer (CHRO) from 
BT Financial Group, 
where she served as 
Human Resources and 
Corporate Affairs Director. 
Previously, she served 
in a number of senior 
roles in large, complex 
organisations, including 
Head of Reward for 
St. George Bank and 
Head of HR Australian 
Financial Services at 
Westpac.  Jane holds a 
Masters of Commerce 
and Employee Relations 
with honours from the 
University of Melbourne, 
and a Bachelor of 
Commerce from the 
University of New South 
Wales. As CHRO, Jane is 
responsible for advancing 
Super Retail Group’s 
strong focus on team 
engagement, culture and 
capability development.

25

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017DEANNA LOMAS
Chief Supply Chain Officer 

STEVE TEWKESBURY
Managing Director – 
International Operations 

CHRIS WILESMITH
Managing Director –  
Auto Retailing 

Chris joined Super Retail 
Group in 2007. He is a 
graduate of the Australian 
Graduate School of 
Management and has 
over 25 years retail and 
wholesale experience 
across Australasia, US 
and the greater Asia 
Pacific region. Prior to 
Super Retail Group, Chris 
was General Manager at 
Toys ‘R’ Us and previously 
spent 13 years with 
Woolworths, holding 
Senior Management 
roles in Merchandise, as 
well as Retail Operations 
within Dick Smith and Big 
W. Chris is responsible for 
the Supercheap Auto 
Retail Stores, Trade, Online 
and Auto Trade Direct 
businesses.

Deanna joined Super 
Retail Group in 2016 
as Chief Supply Chain 
Officer. Prior to joining 
the Group, Deanna 
was Director of Supply 
Chain at Telstra, leading 
a centralised team 
responsible for $3 billion 
consumer product 
supply and distribution 
operations. Previously, 
Deanna held senior 
roles with MMG, Carlton 
United Breweries, and 
BP. Deanna holds 
bachelor degrees in 
Engineering, Business and 
Arts, and a Masters of 
Business Administration. 
She is a Graduate 
of the Australian 
Institute of Company 
Directors, a Fellow and 
Engineering Executive 
with Engineers Australia 
and has completed 
executive programs 
in the USA at Kellogg 
School of Management, 
Massachusetts Institute 
of Technology and WHU 
School of Management in 
Germany.

Steve joined the Super 
Retail Group in 2004 as 
Supply Chain Manager 
and in 2006 was 
appointed as General 
Manager – Overseas 
Sourcing. Prior to Super 
Retail Group, Steve 
worked in Global Supply 
Chain and E-Commerce 
Strategy for Reckitt 
& Colman, then as a 
Supply Chain Consultant 
within the Australian 
FMCG sector. He holds 
a degree qualification 
in e-Commerce from 
Monash University. Steve 
has been based in 
China since August 2006, 
managing our overseas 
sourcing, shipping and 
logistics operations in 
Hangzhou and Shanghai. 
Steve has announced 
his intention to retire from 
the Group in January 
2018. Deanna Lomas 
assumed responsibility for 
international operations 
in July 2017 with Steve 
providing transitional 
support.

26

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 
”

OUR FOCUS IS ON 
HELPING OUR CUSTOMER 
CATCH THE FISH THEY’VE 
ALWAYS WANTED TO – 
NOT JUST TO SELL THEM 
THE FISHING ROD.

27

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017OUR TEAM

In retail, we know the only constant is constant change. In 2017, that was ever more evident 
with customers becoming more empowered through social technologies, giving rise to 
evolving expectations and an increasingly competitive market landscape.

To ensure Super Retail Group continues 
to  thrive  in  this  new  retail  reality,  we 
know  that  our  team  members  are 
our first and most valuable asset, and 
an  engaged  and  capable  team  is 
critical to our success. 

that 

By  developing  and  maintaining 
an  achievement  culture 
is 
consistent  with  our  values,  we  will 
attract, engage and empower team 
members  who  share  our  customers’ 
leisure passions and in so doing provide 
critical support for our business as we 
continue  our  transformative  journey 
as a world-class omni-retailer.

Quite  simply,  our  team  members  are 
critical  to  our  business  success.  It  is 
our  team  members  who  deliver  and 
execute  our  strategy,  provide  world-
class  customer  experiences  and 
ensure  we  are  working  towards  a 
sustainable future. 

TEAM ENGAGEMENT 

to  our 

success  as  
Fundamental 
is  a  workplace  where  
a  business 
team  members  enjoy  coming  to  
work,  are  engaged  and  inspired,  as  
well  as  equipped 
to  meet  our  
customers’ needs. 

values  of  Passion, 
Our  Group 
Openness, 
Integrity,  Care  and 
Discipline  symbolise  who  we  are  and 
how  we  approach  our  work.  These 
values are embedded throughout all 
stages of the team member lifecycle 
including  attraction  and  recruitment, 
on-boarding, 
training 
and  development,  performance 
management, 
reward 
and  retention.  These  values  support 
a strong, positive team culture that is 
aligned to the Group strategy.

recognition, 

ongoing 

One  way  we  understand  the  needs 
and  desires  of  our  team  members  is 
through a Group-wide team member 
undertaken 
survey 
engagement 

28

every  two  years,  with  a  pulse  survey 
every  alternate  year.  These  surveys 
are  conducted  by  an  independent 
third  party  and  provide  valuable 
insights  that  allow  us  to  track  team 
engagement  over  time,  as  well  as 
compare how we are tracking against 
industry  benchmarks.  In  addition  to 
measuring engagement at a specific 
point-in-time  we  garner  valuable 
insights about what we are doing well 
and where we can improve.

Our  most  recent  engagement  survey 
was  conducted  in  May  2017.  We 
maintained  our  strong  levels  of  team 
engagement,  with  an  overall  Group 
score  consistent  with  the  2015  score 
of  71  per  cent,  putting  us  in  the  top 
quartile  of  employers 
in  Australia 
and  New  Zealand  and  above  the 
global  norm  for  the  retail  sector. 
Pleasingly,  we  improved  the  strength 
of  engagement  across  the  team, 
with  33  per  cent  of  team  members 
categorised  as  ‘highly  engaged’,  an 
increase  of  6  per  cent  on  2015,  and 
improved  our  already  strong  overall 
participation  rate  of  82  per  cent  in 
2015 to 85 per cent in 2017. 

We  are  proud  of  our  continued 
high  levels  of  engagement  across 
the  Group  and  are  committed  to 
leveraging 
to  make 
meaningful  change  to  our  team 
members’ experience at work. 

insights 

the 

retention.  During 

Complementing  our  highly  engaged 
team  is  our  strong  levels  of  team 
member 
the 
reporting period, 3,260 team members 
joined  Super  Retail  Group  and  our 
total retention levels continued to be 
strong at over 74 per cent, maintaining 
the Group’s high levels of retention. 

TEAM MEMBER SAFETY & WELLBEING 

is  committed 
Super  Retail  Group 
to  providing  a  healthy  and  safe 

work  environment  for  all  our  team 
members, contractors, customers and 
visitors.  Our  Work  Health  and  Safety 
Policy  defines  this  commitment  and 
is supported by our Group safety and 
wellbeing  strategic  plan  and  safety 
management  system,  which  reflects 
a  proactive 
risk  and  behaviour- 
based approach.  

Safety is a key performance measure 
at  all  levels  and  across  all  aspects 
including  stores, 
of  our  business, 
Distribution  Centres  and  Support 
Offices, 
reinforcing  our  approach 
that  safety  and  injury  management 
practices  are  embedded  in  the  way 
we do business.  

In  the  2017  financial  year,  the  Group 
Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) 
was  6.31  per  million  hours  worked, 
compared  to  8.77  for  the  previous 
year.  Our  result  for  the  2016  financial 
year was adjusted from the previously 
reported 6.87 to reflect re-clarification 
of  key  definitions,  continuing  the 
ongoing  maturation  of  our  data 
measurement. 

The  continued  decrease  in  our  LTIFR 
reflects  a  whole-of-business  focus  on 
safety 
leadership,  actively  working 
towards meeting standardised safety-
positive  performance  indicators  and 
targets, and increasing team member 
awareness and education. 

There  were  no  work  related  fatalities 
recorded during the reporting period.

At  the  same  time,  we  recognise  a 
healthy team member is a safer team 
member and, this year, we increased 
our  support  for  our  team  members’ 
health  and  wellbeing 
through 
providing,  or  providing  access  to, 
a  range  of  health  and  wellbeing 
resources.  These  resources  educate 
and support our team members to be 
physically,  mentally  and  emotionally 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017in  peak  condition  so  they  can  meet 
the  demands  of  their  roles  and  go 
home safe and energised to enjoy life 
outside of work.  

DIVERSITY & INCLUSION  

We  believe  a  diverse  and  inclusive 
is  a  core  competitive 
workforce 
advantage.  Ensuring  the  make-up 
of  our  team  reflects  the  diversity  
of  our  customers  in  the  areas  we  
serve  means  we  can  better 
understand  and  anticipate  customer 
needs  and  develop  deeper,  more 
meaningful connections.

Given  our  collective  understanding 
on  this  belief,  we  are  committed 
to  ensuring  all 
team  members’ 
contributions  are  welcomed  and 
valued,  differences  are  celebrated 
and  everyone  benefits  from  inclusive 
practices and behaviours.

As  a  business,  we  are  about  inspiring 
people  to  live  their  passions  and  we 
believe  supporting  diversity,  inclusion 
and  flexibility  enables  our 
team 
members  to  both  live  their  passions 
and realise their full potential.

We  proudly  offer  flexible  working 
arrangements  to  support  our  team 
members  enjoy  greater  work-life 
balance,  so  they,  like  our  customers, 
can  enjoy  their  leisure  passions.  We 
also  offer  flexible  work  arrangements 
that  cater 
family  needs  and 
commitments.

to 

GENDER DIVERSITY 

In 
the  2017  financial  year,  we 
achieved  continued  progress  on 
gender  diversity  at  our  most  senior 
levels.  The  number  of  women  within 
the  Group  Executive  Team  (Band  1), 
reporting  into  the  CEO,  rose  to  four, 
up  from  two  the  prior  year,  resulting 
in female representation at this senior 
level of 40 per cent.

At the same time, we are proud that 
gender 
representation  within  our 
Board of Directors was maintained at 
43 per cent, with Dr Sally Pitkin named 
as  independent  Non-Executive  Chair 
to replace Mr Robert Wright upon his 
retirement in October 2017. This again 
underlines  the  strong  commitment  to 
gender  diversity  being  championed 
by  the  highest  levels  within  Super 
Retail Group. 

There  was  continued  improvement 
in  other  key  workplace  diversity 
indicators  over  the  period,  including 
an  increase  in  the  overall  population 
of  women  as  well  as  the  number 
of  women 
leadership,  with  12 
additional  female  appointments  to 
key  senior  management  roles  (Bands 
1-3),  taking  the  total  representation 

in 

to 

remain  committed 

of women at this level to 34 per cent. 
We 
further 
advancing  gender  diversity  at  all 
levels, in line with our target of having 
40 per cent female representation at 
Board  and  senior  management  level 
by 2019. 

investment 

Workplace  diversity  continues  to  be 
fostered through the Group’s learning 
and  development  programs.  This 
includes  continued 
in 
leadership  development 
targeted 
programs,  such  as  our  dedicated 
‘Women 
and 
Development’  (WILD)  program,  and 
increased  female  representation  in 
Turbo  Boost,  aimed  at  developing 
emerging leaders. 

Leadership 

in 

We encourage all our team members 
across Super Retail Group to be strong 
advocates  for  diversity  and  inclusion 
in the business and retail sectors, and 
this is led by our CEO Peter Birtles who is 
an active member of the Queensland 
Male  Champions  of  Change  and  a 
regular  speaker  on  gender  diversity 
and inclusion. 

Super  Retail  Group’s  2017  Workplace 
Gender  Equality  Agency 
(WGEA) 
report may be obtained via the WGEA 
website: https://www.wgea.gov.au/.

TEAM LEARNING & DEVELOPMENT 

Investing  in  our  team  is  a  Group-
wide  commitment  and  evidenced 
by  our  development  pathways,  retail 
training,  management  development 
and personal development programs, 
as  well  as  product  and 
sales  
training suites. 

This  includes  a  partnership  with  a 
Registered  Training  Organisation  that 
delivers  training  modules  for  a  range 
of nationally-recognised qualifications 
for retail team members. Our learning 
and  development  programs  are 
delivered through a variety of formats 
to best meet the needs of our diverse 
and geographically-dispersed team. 

In  2018,  leadership  development  will 
be a key focus. We know we need to 
be  best  equipping  our  managers  to 
effectively  lead  the  business  through 
the period of ongoing change for the 
retail  sector,  and  a  new  leadership 
program  will  be  introduced  in  the 
coming  financial  year  to  support  our 
leaders with this opportunity. 

71%TEAM ENGAGEMENT

74%TEAM RETENTION

34%

FEMALE REPRESENTATION IN 
SENIOR MANAGEMENT 
 (BANDS 1-3)

43%FEMALE BOARD 

REPRESENTATION

29

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 201730

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017CASE STUDY

SHARED  
PASSION 

Rebel engages with customers 
around a shared passion for 
women in sport.

to 

Rebel  is  proud  to  have  partnered 
with the Women’s Big Bash League 
(WBBL)  for  a  second  year  as  it 
support  women 
continues 
in  sport. 
the 
Its  approach 
partnership  is  but  one  example 
of  how  Rebel  is  driving  deeper 
customers 
connections 
through  engaging  with 
them 
around  meaningful  experiences 
that we share together. 

with 

to 

In  2015,  Rebel  made  history  by 
signing  on  as  the  Naming  Rights 
Partner of the inaugural WBBL. Now 
in  its  second  year,  the  partnership 
has  allowed  Rebel  to  cement  its 
position  as  a  leading  supporter  of 
women in sport. Through a number 
of  different  touch  points,  Rebel 
has been able to demonstrate the 
brand’s  commitment  to  inspiring 
young women to play cricket.

Key  to  the  success  of  the  opening 
weekend  was  the  launch  of  the 
‘Rebel  women’  content  series  - 
driving  interest  in  the  athletes  on 
and  off  the  ground.  The  videos 
provided  a  rare  platform  for  these 
athletes  to  share  their  stories.  On 
the  forefront  of  the  mainstream 
Australian  sporting  landscape,  a 
female’s  story  of  rising  to  success 
is often very different to their male 
counterparts.  The  ultimate  aim 
of  these  profile  pieces  is  to  inspire 
young women to pick up a bat or 
ball and play cricket. 

franchise 

The  ‘Rebel  women’  content  series 
features  one  player  from  each 
Rebel  WBBL 
including 
Meg  Lanning  from  the  Melbourne 
Stars  and  Alyssa  Healy  from  the 
Sydney  Sixers.  The  content  was 
through  Rebel  and 
distributed 
Cricket  Australia’s  social  channels 

right through the WBBL season and 
provided  a  platform  to  showcase 
the  inspiring  tales  of  sacrifice  and 
dedication.

The videos have a dual purpose: to 
showcase and elevate the profiles 
of  these  amazing  athletes  and  tell 
each of their unique stories, and it’s 
also about letting younger women 
know  that  sport  –  and 
in  this 
instance cricket – is a viable career 
path and that Rebel wants to step 
up and support them.

To  date,  the  videos  have  been 
viewed  over  300,000 
times  on 
Rebel’s 
social  channels  and 
218,291  on  Cricket  Australia 
pages.  The  reception  has  been 
overwhelmingly 
positive,  with 
Channel  10  airing  several  of  the 
videos  during  WBBL  broadcast 
matches throughout the season. 

31

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017”

WE CAN WIN BY CONNECTING 
WITH AND INSPIRING OUR 
CUSTOMERS AROUND THEIR 
PASSIONS BY PROVIDING 
SOLUTIONS AND ENGAGING 
EXPERIENCES – NOT JUST 
PRODUCT AND PRICE 
TRANSACTIONS.

32

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017SUSTAINABILITY 

At Super Retail Group we share your passion to make our world a cleaner, healthier and 
happier place. We recognise the important role we have to play ensuring the well-being of 
the environment and the communities in which we operate.

As a key focus area for our business, 
sustainability  is  embedded  in  our 
business practices through ensuring 
high  standards  of  governance, 
promoting 
responsible  business 
supply 
practices  across  our 
chain, fostering a highly engaged 
workforce  to  create  a  diverse 
and  high  performing  team,  and 
managing  our  environmental 
impacts  to  minimise  our  carbon 
footprint.

the 

During 
reporting  period, 
our  Sustainability  efforts  have 
been  publicly  recognised  by  the 
following organisations;

•  CDP (formerly Carbon 

Disclosure Project) Australian 
Climate Leadership Award: 
Most profitable carbon 
reduction activity 

•  Dow Jones Sustainability 

Indices (DJSI) Review: Named 
one of the leaders in the 
Retail category in Australia 
compared with our peers

•  Australian Packaging 

Covenant: Remained a high 
performer signatory with a star 
rating 4 out of 5

•  Australian Council of 

Superannuation: Recognised 
the Group’s levels of corporate 
sustainability disclosure and 
ESG reporting as ‘Leading’.

information  on  our 
Detailed 
sustainability performance will be 
set out in the Group’s Sustainability 
Report, which will be published on 
our corporate website. 

MANAGING OUR MOST MATERIAL 
SUSTAINABILITY ISSUES  

to 

to 

refine  our 
We  continue 
materiality  assessment  process 
identify  and 
to  ensure  we 
respond 
sustainability 
the 
issues  and  opportunities  that  are 
most  important  to  our  business 
and  stakeholders.  We  manage 
to  economic, 
our  exposure 
environmental 
social 
sustainability  risks  in  accordance 
with  our 
risk  management 
strategy and frameworks. 

and 

During  the  2017  financial  year, 
we  enhanced  our  materiality 
assessment process by extending 
our  engagement  with  selected 
customers,  trade  partners  and 
issues 
team  members. 
The 
substantially 
identified  were 
consistent  with  past 
years, 
reflecting  the  fact  that  the  issues 
we face remain an ongoing and 
complex  challenge  and  require 
us to monitor them diligently. 

ETHICAL SOURCING 

We  are  committed  to  promoting 
better  working  conditions  in  our 
global supply chain and ensuring 
the  products  we  provide  to  our 
customers  are  ethically  and 
sustainably sourced. 

in 

principles 

Standards, 

International 

An  updated  Ethical  Sourcing 
Policy  was  implemented  in  2017 
across  the  Group.  The  Policy 
incorporates  the  standards  of 
the 
behaviour  mandated 
Group’s  Code  of  Conduct, 
contained 
the 
in 
Labour 
the 
International 
Organisation’s 
Labour 
the 
employment 
rights  provisions 
within  the  United  Nations  Human 
Rights  Charter  and  the  labour 
laws  and 
the 
country of manufacture or supply. 
Adherence  to  the  policy  applies 
to  all  our  trade  partners.  With 
an  initial  focus  on  our  private 
branded  products,  a  program  of 
factory  audits  was  extended  to 
align with the new policy. 

regulations 

in 

PRODUCT SAFETY & QUALITY

team, 

We  are  committed  to  providing 
safe  and 
that  are 
products 
of  high  quality  to  enable  our 
customers  to  make  the  most  of 
their  leisure  time.  Our  dedicated 
together 
compliance 
with  our  trade  partners,  aim  to 
ensure  our  products  comply  with 
product  safety  requirements  and 
relevant  consumer 
laws.  Our 
product testing regime addresses 
mandatory 
regulated 
and 
Australian  and  New  Zealand 
standards,  and  includes  testing 
by  either  in-house  or  third-party 
NATA-accredited facilities.

33

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017DIGITAL & CYBER SECURITY 

in  the 
live  and  thrive 
As  we 
digital  economy,  we  continue 
to  evolve  our  business  to  better 
protect  our  operations 
from 
disruption.  Dramatic  changes 
in  digital  technology  coupled 
with  frequent  media  reports  of 
cyber  breaches  has  demanded 
better  controls  from  companies 
in this space. Key areas of priority 
include  detection  and  response, 
technical security, people security 
and data security. 

potential  to  create  sustainable 
for  the  Group  through 
value 
reducing 
greenhouse 
emissions  and  operational  costs 
related to waste, packaging and 
electricity consumption. 

our 

Super  Retail  Group  has  been 
disclosing  its  carbon  emissions  in 
Australia and New Zealand to the 
CDP  (formerly  Carbon  Disclosure 
Project)  since  2015.  Our  annual 
CDP Reports are available on our 
corporate website.

CUSTOMER DATA & PRIVACY 

PACKAGING & WASTE 

Protecting  customer  information 
and  ensuring  the  confidentiality, 
integrity  and  availability  of  our 
systems  is  an  obligation  we  take 
seriously. We strive to conduct our 
business  in  full  compliance  with 
the  laws  and  regulations,  and 
have controls in place to protect 
the  personal  information  of  our 
customers,  club  members  and 
team members. For the reporting 
period  the  Group  has  had  no 
notifiable breaches to the Privacy 
Commissioner.   

OUR ENVIRONMENT 

We  share  the  same  passion  for 
the  outdoors  with  our  customers 
and  continue  to  work  with  them 
and our trade partners to reduce 
the  impacts  of  our  products  and 
activities in the environment.

system 

Our direct environmental impacts 
relate 
to  packaging,  energy 
use  and  waste  production. 
We  manage  those  impacts  by 
maintaining  an  environmental 
management 
the 
prevention of pollution, complying 
with  applicable  environmental 
laws, 
and 
opportunities  associated  with 
our  operations  and  conducting 
business  in  accordance  with  our 
Environmental  Policy  and  Ethical 
Sourcing Policy.

identifying 

risks 

for 

We  recognise  the  products  we 
sell  contribute  to  the  generation 
of  waste,  the  major  contributor 
being product packaging. 

recycling 

During  the  reporting  period,  we 
continued to decrease the waste 
produced  within  Australia  and 
improved  our 
rates 
by  7.3  per  cent  (59.8  per  cent 
in  total),  well  above  our  target 
of  54.5  per  cent  for  the  2017 
financial  year.  This  was  achieved 
through  waste  management 
process 
improvements  during 
store 
refurbishments,  openings, 
closures and relocations. 

Packaging  efficiency  and  waste 
reduction  was  further  improved 
through:

•  Packaging optimisation that 
achieved a 21.8 per cent 
pallet utilisation improvement 
and 11.2 per cent container 
utilisation improvement 
through reducing packaging 
materials and improving 
air space. This will save an 
estimated 2,700 kg of plastic 
material per year

•  Packaging for private label 
products imported from 
China were made of 100 per 
cent recycled materials.

CLIMATE CHANGE 

PRODUCT RECYCLING & REUSE 

remains  a 
Climate  change 
prominent 
issue  and  presents 
some  level  of  risk  and  disruption 
for  all  businesses  globally.  We 
recognise that action on climate 
change  also  offers  significant 

34

to 

continue 

We 
explore 
opportunities to improve resource 
recovery of products that we sell 
in stores and use in our operations. 
Some current recycling programs 
of note include:

•  Battery Recycling: We 
collected over 60,000 
batteries for recycling during 
the 2017 financial year

•  Oil Recycling: For the 
reporting period, we 
collected 750,200 litres of oil 
for recycling

•  Clothes hangers reuse: 

Hangers used in our Leisure 
and Sports stores are returned 
to our trade partners for reuse

•  Pallet reuse: Stores return 

their pallets to our Distribution 
Centres for reuse, and 
any damaged pallets are 
recycled.

ENERGY & GREENHOUSE GAS 
EMISSIONS

During  the  reporting  period,  we 
in  our 
achieved  a  decrease 
energy  use  intensity  of  4.9  per 
cent  and  decrease  in  emissions 
intensity  of  7.9  per  cent.  Overall, 
our  total  energy  consumption 
increased  by  3.0  per  cent  due 
to  business  growth  and  store 
refurbishment activity. Despite this 
increase,  our  total  greenhouse 
gas  emissions  slightly  decreased 
by  0.3  per  cent  compared  to 
the  previous 
reporting  period, 
due to a 26.0 per cent reduction 
in  the  number  of  vehicles  fully 
maintained by the Group.

OUR COMMUNITY 

Super  Retail  Group  is  committed 
to  having  a  positive  impact  on 
the  many  communities  in  which 
we  operate.  Our  community  ini-
tiatives include corporate philan-
thropy, 
supporting  community 
groups and other NGOs, actively 
participating  in  improving  com-
munity  well-being,  and  providing 
on-the-ground assistance in times 
of  natural  disasters,  such  as  fires, 
floods and earthquakes. 

With our significant store presence 
in  communities  large  and  small 
across Australia and New Zealand 
and 
team 
large  number  of 
members  we  employ  nationally, 
Super  Retail  Group  has  a  unique 
opportunity 
to 
the  communities  where  we  live, 
work  and  play.  We  believe  that 

to  contribute 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017being  part  of  the  communities 
where  we  operate  is  mutually 
beneficial  both  for  our  business 
and  the  people  who  are  part  of 
those  communities,  and  helps  to 
strengthen  our  relationships  with 
local  customers,  partners  and 
team members. 

COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIPS

Super  Retail  Group  maintains 
a  number  of  partnerships  with 
community  organisations  and 
seeks  to  be  actively  involved  in 
the  issues  that  matter  to  us  and 
the community. 

We  are  proud  to  continue  to 
support  the  important  work  of 
Australian  Red  Cross,  raising  over 
$160,000 to support the Red Cross 
Disaster  preparedness,  relief  and 
recovery  campaign.  The  Group 
also  donated  almost  $700,000  of 
winter  clothing  to  Red  Cross  for 
sale through their Red Cross store 
network in support of their Winter 
Woolies campaign. 

Sport’s 

Community 
Amart 
Kickbacks  and  Rebel’s  Support 
Your 
Sport  are  community 
programs  that  provides  support 
to  local  clubs  and  schools.  These 
programs  have  provided  over 
$4.5  million  in  sporting  goods  to 
local  groups  in  the  2017  financial 
period. 

than  $111,000 

During  the  period,  Super  Retail 
Group  contributed  a  total  of 
more 
through 
cash  donations, 
sponsorships 
and  team  member  contributions 
in  support  of  our  community 
partnerships.  In  addition,  we  also 
provide  discounted  products 
and store credits to support local 
community groups.

”

AT SUPER RETAIL GROUP 
WE SHARE YOUR PASSION 
TO MAKE OUR WORLD A 
CLEANER, HEALTHIER AND 
HAPPIER PLACE.

35

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 
DIRECTORS’ &  
FINANCIAL  
REPORTS
2017

36

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

The Directors present their report together with the consolidated financial statements of the Group comprising Super Retail 
Group Limited (SUL) (the Company) and its subsidiaries for the period ended 1 July 2017. 

1. 
The Directors of the Company at any time during or since the end of the period, up to the date of this report are: 

Directors 

Directors: 
R J Wright 
(Independent Non-Executive Chair) 
P A Birtles 
(Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer) 
R A Rowe 
(Non-Executive Director) 
S A Pitkin 
(Independent Non-Executive) 
D J Eilert 
(Independent Non-Executive) 
L K Inman 
(Independent Non-Executive) 
H L Mowlem 
(Independent Non-Executive) (appointed 13 June 2017) 

Former: 
R J Skippen 
(Independent Non-Executive) (retired 24 October 2016) 

Details of the qualifications, experience and responsibilities of the Directors are on pages 22 to 23 of this annual report. 

Special Responsibilities of Directors 
Director 

Audit & Risk Committee 

Nomination Committee 

Human Resources & Remuneration 

R J Wright 

P A Birtles 

R A Rowe 

S A Pitkin 

D J  Eilert 

L K Inman 

H L Mowlem (3) 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

       (cid:1)(1)(2) 

(cid:1) 

   (cid:1)(1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

  n/a 

  n/a 

n/a 

   (cid:1)(1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

 (1) Denotes Chair of Committee. 
 (2) L K Inman replaced R J Skippen as the Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee, effective 24 October 2016. 
 (3) Appointed 21 June 2017. 

1.1 

Directorships of listed companies held by members of the Board 

Current directors: 

Director 

Listed Company 

Directorship 

Key Dates 

R J Wright 

Super Retail Group Limited 

APA Ethane Limited 

Independent Chair 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Chair and Non-Executive Director 

Australian Pipeline Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

P A Birtles 

Super Retail Group Limited 

GWA Group Limited 

Group Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

R A Rowe 

Super Retail Group Limited 

Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 28 October 2009 
Appointed 19 May 2004 
Former, appointed 10 July 2008 and 
ceased September 2016 
Former, appointed 10 Feb 2000 and 
ceased October 2015 
Current, appointed 05 January 2006 

Current, appointed 24 November 
2010 
Current, appointed 08 April 2004 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

1. 

1.1 

Directors (continued) 

Directorships of listed companies held by members of the Board (continued) 

Current directors: 

Director 

Listed Company 

Directorship 

Key Dates 

S A Pitkin 

D J  Eilert  

L K Inman 

H L Mowlem 

Former director: 

Super Retail Group Limited 
Star Entertainment Group 
Limited 
IPH Limited 

Link Administration Holdings 
Limited 
Billabong International 
Limited 
Super Retail Group Limited 
Navitas Limited 
Veda Group Limited 

Super Retail Group Limited 
Commonwealth Bank of 
Australia 
Bellamy’s Australia Limited 

Precinct Properties New 
Zealand Limited 
Super Retail Group Limited 
Billabong International 
Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 01 July 2010 
Current, appointed 31 July 2014 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 23 September 
2014 
Current, appointed 23 September 
2015 
Former, appointed 28 February 2012 
and ceased 15 August 2016 

Current, appointed 21 October 2015 
Current appointed 28 July 2014 
Former, appointed 4 October 2013 
and delisted 26 February 2016 
Current, appointed 21 October 2015 
Current, appointed 16 March 2011 

Former, appointed 15 February 2015 
and ceased 28 February 2017 
Current, appointed 28 October 2015 

Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 13 June 2017 
Current, appointed 24 October 2012 

Director 

Listed Company 

Directorship 

Key Dates 

R J Skippen 

Super Retail Group Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Slater & Gordon Limited 

Flexigroup Limited 

Independent Chairman and Non-
Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Emerging Leaders 
Investment Limited (delisted 
19/06/2014) 

Non-Executive Director 

Former, appointed 21 October 2015 
and ceased 24 October 2016 
Current, appointed 26 May 2010 

Current, appointed 20 November 
2006 
Former, appointed 12 October 2010  
and ceased 15 September 2014 

1.2 

Directors’ Meetings 

The number of meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors and each Board Committee held during the period ended 1 July 
2017 is set out below: 

Board Meetings 

Audit and Risk 

Nomination 

Human Resources and 
Remuneration 

Attended 

Held(1) 

Attended 

Held(1) 

Attended 

Held(1) 

Attended 

Held(1) 

Meetings of Committees 

R J Wright 

P A Birtles 

R A Rowe 

R J Skippen 

S A Pitkin 

D J Eilert  

L K Inman 

H L Mowlem 

10 

10 

10 

4 

10 

10 

10 

1 

10 

10 

10 

4 

10 

10 

10 

1 

4 

4 

4 

1 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

1 

4 

4 

4 

n/a 

n/a 

2 

2 

2 

1 

2 

2 

2 

1 

(1)Number of meeting held during the time the Director held office during the year. 

2 

2 

2 

1 

2 

2 

2 

1 

4 

4 

4 

1 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

1 

4 

4 

4 

n/a 

n/a 

38 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

1. 

1.3 

Directors (continued) 

Directors’ Interests 

The relevant interest of each Director in shares and options over such instruments issued by the companies within the Group and 
other  related  bodies  corporate,  as  notified  by  the  Directors  to  the  Australian  Securities  Exchange  (ASX)  in  accordance  with 
section 205G(1) of the Corporations Act 2001, at the date of this report is as follows: 

Director 

R J Wright 

P A Birtles 

R A Rowe 

S A Pitkin 

D J Eilert  

L K Inman 

H L Mowlem 

Number of Ordinary Shares 

Options over Ordinary Shares 

69,001 

1,408,421 

59,912,667 

26,453 

4,500 

5,241 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2. 

Company Secretary 

The Company Secretary (and Chief Legal and Property Officer) is Mr R W Dawkins, B.Bus (Acct), Grad. Dip. AppCorpGov, ACIS, 
ACSA.   Mr  Dawkins  commenced  with  Super  Retail  Group  Limited  as  the  Property  Services  Manager  in  July  2001  and  was 
appointed Company Secretary in December 2010. 

3. 

3.1 

Operating and Financial Review 

Overview of the Group 

The Group is a for-profit entity and is primarily involved in the retail industry. Founded in 1972, as an automotive accessories mail 
order  business  which  evolved  into  Supercheap  Auto,  the  Group  has  grown  through  both  organic  growth  and  mergers  and 
acquisitions evolving its principal activities to include: 
• 
• 
• 

retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
retailing of sporting equipment, bicycles, bicycle accessories and apparel. 

3.2 

(a) 

Review of Financial Condition 

Group Results 

Revenue from continuing operations 
Segment earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) 
Segment earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) 
Normalised NPAT 
Profit for the period attributable to owners 
Profit for the period 
Operating cash flow 
EPS – basic (cents) 
Dividends per share (cents) 

2017 
$m 
2,465.8 
278.0 
207.3 
135.8 
101.8 
100.5 
234.5 
51.6 
46.5 

2016 
$m 
2,422.2 
245.7 
175.3 
108.6 
62.8 
58.0 
159.2 
31.8 
41.5 

The  2016  comparison  period  represents  a  53  week  period  end  of  2  July  2016  compared  to  the  2017  financial  period  which 
represents  a  52 week  trading period  end  of  1  July  2017.  All comparatives  to  the prior period  need  to  factor in  the  additional 
week of trading with the exception of like for like sales comparisons which have been adjusted. 

The  Group  has  delivered  a  strong  result  for  the  financial  year  with  a  25.0%  increase  in  normalised  net  profit  after  tax  as  all 
divisions delivered robust performances.  Profit for the period increased by 73.3% and operating cash flows increased by 47.3%. 
The  financial  results  reflect  an  improvement  in  underlying  divisional  performance,  the  benefits  of  restructuring  activities 
announced in the 2016 financial period and the benefits of strategic programmes including the supply chain transformation.  

During  the  2017  year  the  Group  undertook  a  strategic  review  of  the  Sports  Retailing  Division.  The  existing  strategy  since 
acquisition,  to leverage  two  brands with  distinct  identities  has  been  successful in delivering growth  for  the  Sports  Division. The 
review though identified that changes in customer expectations would result in the two brand strategy to be less distinctive over 
time. A decision was made and announced in July 2017 to operate a single brand strategy for Sports. All Amart Sports stores will 
be  converted  to  Rebel  by  November  2017 with  a  full integration  of  ranges  complete by  June  2018.  The  conversion  of  Amart 
Sports  stores  to  Rebel  means  that  future  cash  flow  from  these  stores will be attributed  to  the  Rebel  brand  and  as a  result the 
Amart Sports brand has been fully impaired.  

The  converted  stores  will  no  longer  include  a  dedicated  Goldcross  store-in-store  and  the  remaining  unamortised  Goldcross 
brand name has been fully impaired. The Group has therefore recognised after tax costs of $34.0 million in the 2017 financial 
period  associated  with  the  Sports  business  transformation.    A  further  $3.0  million  of  after  tax  costs  will  be  incurred  in  the  2018 
financial period.  The capital investment in fitting out the converted stores are expected to be circa $9.0 million. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3. 

3.2 

(a) 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Group Results (continued) 

Net profit after tax (NPAT) attributable to owners was $101.8 million compared to $62.8 million in the prior period.  After excluding 
the  Sports  restructuring  activities,  the  normalised  NPAT  was  $135.8  million  compared  to  $108.6  million  in  the  prior  period,  an 
increase of 25.0%.  The table below provides the reconciliation to the statutory profit. 

Profit for the period 
Loss for the period attributable to non-controlling interests 
Profit for the period attributable to owners of Super Retail Group Limited from 
continuing operations 
Business restructuring costs(1) 
Impairment of Amart Sports and Goldcross Cycles brand names(1) 
Impairment of Ray’s Outdoors brand name(1) 
Normalised net profit after tax 
Business restructuring costs comprise: 
   - Sports business restructuring 
   - Ray’s Outdoors  
   - Infinite Retail 
   - Tax effect 
Total business restructuring costs 
(1) Net of tax 

2017 
$m 
100.5 
1.3 

101.8 
7.8 
26.2 
- 
135.8 

48.5 
- 
- 
(14.5) 
34.0 

2016 
$m 
58.0 
4.8 

62.8 
31.8 
- 
14.0 
108.6 

- 
38.3 
5.0 
(11.5) 
31.8 

Basic  earnings  per  share  (EPS)  was  51.6  cents  compared  to  31.8  cents  in  the  prior  comparable  period,  an  increase  of  62.3% 
reflecting the robust performance of all divisions. 

Total sales increased 1.8% to $2,465.8 million on the prior comparative period. Normalising for a 52 week comparison the sales 
have increased 3.5%.  

Like for like sales growth was achieved in each division with total revenue growth for Auto Retailing, BCF and Sports Retailing.  In 
the Auto Retailing Division, new stores, like for like sales growth and gross margin expansion contributed to EBITDA growth. The 
Leisure  Retailing  Division  also  delivered  an improvement in like  for like  sales  and  gross  margin  expansion.    The  Sports  Retailing 
Division  reported  sales  increases  due  to  strong  underlying  like  for  like  sales  growth,  new  stores  and  improved  EBITDA  margins.  
Infinite Retail is included in the Sports Retailing result.   

The Group continues to invest in the development of its businesses through the expansion and improvements to the retail store 
network and supporting omni-retailing capability through information technology, digital initiatives and inventory management 
projects. 

(b) 

Division Results 

Auto 
Leisure 
Sports 
Unallocated 

Auto Retailing 

Sales 

EBITDA 

EBIT 

2017 
$m 
955.9 
553.5 
949.2 
7.2 
2,465.8 

2016 
$m 
922.8 
581.9 
910.2 
7.3 
2,422.2 

2017 
$m 
139.4 
43.1 
115.1 
(19.6) 
278.0 

2016 
$m 
133.2 
37.5 
100.3 
(25.3) 
245.7 

2017 
$m 
111.0 
25.4 
91.3 
(20.4) 
207.3 

2016 
$m 
104.6 
18.6 
77.8 
(25.7) 
175.3 

Divisional  sales  at  $955.9  million  were  3.6%  higher  than  the  prior  comparative  period  with  like  for  like  sales  growth  of  3.5%. 
Segment EBIT at $111.0 million was 6.1% higher than the comparative period. 

Like  for  like  sales  growth  of  3.5%  was  driven  by  improvement  in  average  item  value  and  growth  in  total  transactions.  Gross 
margin  improvements  were  again  driven  by  ranging  and  sourcing  initiatives  plus  benefits  from  supply  chain  efficiencies. 
Operating  costs  leverage  was  achieved  after  accommodating  increased  investment  in  store  services  standards  and  omni-
retailing customer experience initiatives. 

The  Supercheap  Auto  Club  Plus  membership  increased  during  the  year,  with  active  members  totalling  over  1.3  million.  Sales 
attributable to club members are increasing and club members continue to have higher average transaction values than non-
club members. 

Supercheap  Auto  has  an  ongoing  focus  on  sales  and  margin  growth  with  particular  focus  on  store  refurbishment,  ranging 
initiatives, private brand development, partnering with the world’s best automotive brands and team engagement. 

40 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3. 

3.2 

(b) 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Division Results (continued) 

Auto Retailing (continued) 

Key  major  product  categories  delivered  positive  growth  during  the  financial  period  with  particularly  strong  growth  being 
achieved  in  the  audio,  power,  car  care,  lubricants  and  spare  parts  categories.  The  tools  and  outdoor  category  delivered 
negative growth due to the impact of the closure of Masters and the resultant discounting. The strongest like for like sales growth 
was achieved in New Zealand. All Australian states achieved like for like growth with the exception of Western Australia which 
remained flat. 

The business opened 12 new stores and closed three stores during the year. The store refurbishment program increased this year 
to 28 stores including eight superstores. At 1 July 2017, there were 316 stores across Australia and New Zealand with the business 
targeting additional store growth over the next five years.  

The  Penrith  Customer  Experience  Centre  opened  in  June  2017  and  has  experienced  strong  sales  and  exceptional  customer 
feedback. The business will continue to trial this format in other locations and is planning to refurbish around 46 stores and open 
10 new stores in the coming year.  

The  business  continues  to  invest  in  the  development  of  digital  engagement  for  customer  through  web  site  development, 
increasing product videos and partnering integrations. Supercheap Auto has extended the omni-channel offering through the 
introduction of 90 minute click-and-collect promise, track and trace for home deliveries increasing e-commerce sales by 75% 
above the prior comparable period. 

Leisure Retailing 

Divisional  sales  at  $553.5  million  decreased  by  $28.4  million  as  BCF  grew  and  Rays  executed  its  restructuring  and  market 
repositioning activities.   

BCF  experienced like  for like  sales  growth  of  5.1%  (weeks  11 to  52)  and  total  sales  growth of  8.8%.    Margin improvement was 
achieved  through improvements  in  pricing  and  promotions management in  the  key  Christmas  trading period  combined with 
sourcing and private brand development initiatives. 

Operating  cost  leverage was  less  significant  for  BCF  as  the  converted  Rays  stores  operate  at  a  higher  cost  to  sales  than  the 
existing BCF stores. This is expected to improve over the next few years as sales intensity increases. During the year the business 
invested in improving brand saliency with the launch of the BCFing campaign which increased marketing costs compared to 
the prior comparative period. 

The BCF club loyalty program continued to grow in the financial year with active membership totalling over 1.3 million members. 
The  BCF  club  membership  group  have  higher  levels  of  visitation,  average  transaction  value  and  engagement  than  other 
customers. Increasing and deepening engagement with BCF club members was and remains a key strategy for the business. 

The business opened four new stores, closed one store and converted 12 stores from Rays to BCF during the year taking total 
store numbers to 135.  BCF expects to extend the store network in the next five years.  

Rays repositioning continued during the period with there being 15 stores at the end of the period after commencing the year 
with 53 stores.  The store network is below the level expected 12 months ago as one site was identified to be more suited to BCF 
and another  site was  closed.  The new Rays  business has delivered  strong  growth in  key win  categories which will need  to  be 
compounded in the next financial year for the strategy to be validated. 

Sports Retailing 

Divisional sales at $949.2 million were 4.3% higher than the prior period and Segment EBIT at $91.3 million was 17.4% higher than 
the prior period. Like for like sales growth for Rebel and Amart Sports was 4.4%. 

Like for like sale growth in Rebel and Amart Sports was driven by growth in transaction volume and average transaction value. 
The major categories all delivered strong like for like growth. Gross margin improvements were strongest in Apparel. The business 
experienced its strongest growth in the key Christmas trading period with sales growth slowing in the second half of the year. 
Pleasingly the business experienced more robust growth in late May and June. 

The  Sports  division  remains  focused  on  building  customer  engagement  with  the  key  brands.  Loyalty  programs  have  grown 
strongly during the financial period with active members now totalling 2.4 million. 

The Sports Division increased total store numbers by five stores during the period with a total of 166 at the end of the period.  Of 
these, 68 are Amart Sports stores which will be rebranded to Rebel by November 2017.  

The Sports Division has continued to build its omni-retailing capability through improvements to websites, fulfilment and in store 
digital engagement. These improvements have supported on-line sales growth of 73% in the financial period. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3. 

3.2 

(b) 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Division Results (continued) 

Sports Retailing (continued) 

The Infinite Retail business restructure was completed in the financial year with the business delivering a small EBIT contribution, 
compared  to  a  $5.6  million  EBIT  loss  in  the  prior  comparative  period.  The  majority  of  poor  performing  contracts  have  been 
renegotiated or terminated during the year. 

Group Costs 

Group costs for the period were $20.4 million, down 20.6% compared to the prior period. Included in Group costs is $10.6 million 
in corporate costs, $4.1 million related to un-utilised distribution centre space, $4.8 million related to digital including investment 
in digital businesses and $0.9 million in costs associated with commercial and other projects.  

(c) 

Financial Position and Cash Flow 

BALANCE SHEET 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax (liabilities) / assets 
Total working capital 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings 
Net debt 

Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Provisions 
Deferred taxes 

NET ASSETS 

CASH FLOW 
Net cash inflow from operations 
Net cash (outflow) from investing 
Net cash (outflow) from financing 
Net increase / (decrease) in cash 

Cash at the beginning of the period 
Effects of exchange rates on cash 
Cash at the end of the period 

2017 
$m 

42.6 
481.5 
(297.9) 
(1.5) 
224.7 

19.9 
(400.6) 
(380.7) 

264.5 
750.1 
(3.1) 
(83.8) 
(17.1) 

754.6 

234.5 
(101.2) 
(129.0) 
4.3 

15.6 
- 
19.9 

2016 
$m 

42.7 
501.9 
(292.8) 
(6.3) 
245.5 

15.6 
(415.8) 
(400.2) 

236.9 
772.4 
(8.0) 
(87.9) 
(24.7) 

734.0 

159.2 
(79.9) 
(77.0) 
2.3 

13.1 
0.2 
15.6 

Net  assets  for  the  Group  increased  $20.6  million  as  strong  profitability  and  operating  cash  flows  were  invested  into  strategic 
initiatives.   

Group Net Debt was $380.7 million, which was a $19.5 million net reduction on 2016.  The Group remains comfortably within its 
banking covenants. 

Cash  flow  from  operations  of  $234.5  million  was  $75.3  million  higher  than  the  prior  year.    This  is  due  to  both  higher  sales  and 
improvement in inventory management.  In addition, 2016 was a 53 week year ending on 2 July 2016 impacting 2016 only in 
terms of timing of cash outflows.  Net cash outflows relating to the 53rd week in 2016 equated to $37.9 million.   

Group  capital  expenditure  cash  flow was  $101.2  million which included  $64.7 million in new  and  refurbished  store  fit  out,  and 
$36.5 million in information technology projects, inventory management projects and building omni-retail capabilities. 

(d) 

Dividends 

Super Retail Group has declared a 25.0 cents per share fully franked final dividend for 2017.  This will result in a full year dividend 
of 46.5 cents per share fully franked, an increase of 12.0% over the prior year.  This represents a dividend payout ratio of 64.9% of 
underlying NPAT. 

42 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3. 

3.2 

(e) 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Material Business Risks 

The  Group  recognises  that  all  of  its  businesses  operate  in  an  environment  of  change  and  uncertainty  and  is  committed  to 
managing  the  potential  risks  associated  with  this  uncertainty  in  a  continuous,  proactive  and  systematic  way.  The  Group 
regularly  reviews  the  possible  impact  of  these  risks  and  seeks  to  minimise  this  impact  through  a  commitment  to  its  corporate 
governance principles and its various risk management functions. 

The  business  risks  faced  by  the  Group  that  are  likely  to  have  a  material  effect  on  its  financial  prospects  are  listed  below, 
including an overview of the Group’s mitigating actions:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Competition - The Retail market is becoming increasingly globalised through the growing impact of on-line shopping and 
overseas retailers’ investment into Australasia, which expose the Group to more intense competition. The Group continues 
to  develop  strategies  to  build  a  stronger  emotional  connection  with  customers  around  their  passions  for  their  leisure 
activities  rather  than  historical  levers  or  range  and  price  differentiation.  The  Group’s  strategic  change  programs  have 
been  developed  to  build  the  capabilities  required  to  be  successful  in  the  global  market  place.  With  competitors 
constantly seeking to enter the market with improved designs, the Group sees this risk increasing in the future. 
Digital - The proliferation and growth of new sales and marketing channels will make it increasingly challenging to ‘stand 
out from the crowd’ and to develop customer loyalty. With digitally enabled competitors constantly seeking to enter the 
market  with  improved  designs,  the  Group  sees  this  risk  increasing  in  the  future.  Increased  digital  disruption  requires  new 
and agile forms of development and consequentially impact on the Group’s business models and ways of working.  The 
Group’s  strategies  are  focused  on  developing  a  strong  and  well  supported  digital  capability  to  ensure  the  Group 
manages the pace of change in technology and its impact on customer expectations and business models.  The Group 
continues to develop mitigating omni-channel strategies leveraging its existing market presence. 
The  breakdown  of  traditional  business  models  -  Traditional  retail  business  models are being disrupted  through increasing 
vertical  integration  of  the  end-to-end  supply  chain.  This  is  increasing  competition  risk  and  cost  pressures.  The  Group 
continues  to  develop  its  sourcing  and  product  and  brand  development  capabilities.  These  risks  are  continuously 
monitored and mitigation strategies updated. Some of these actions include an annual review of brand strategies, regular 
customer  research,  and  external  research  of  brand  perception.  Targets  are  in  place  for  private  brand  sales  for  each 
business. The Group expects this risk to continue to develop as market aggregators enter and disrupt the market.  
Customer power - Customer expectations have changed significantly over the last few years and will continue to do so in 
the  future.  The  Group  recognises  changes  to  consumer  behaviour  and  engagement  methods  will  require  the  Group  to 
‘earn  the  right’  to  meet  a  customer  need.  There  is  an  increasing  expectation  of  engaging  experiences,  solutions  rather 
than  products  and  ‘do  it  for  me’  rather  than  ‘do  it  yourself’.  The  Group  has  established  an  organisation wide  customer 
centricity program to place the customer at the centre of every action and its strategies will show greater alignment to 
changing  customer  expectations  and  build  greater  agility  in  the  organisation’s  operating  model  to  address  future 
changes to customer expectations.  The Group believes that this will remain a consistent risk in the retail market for years to 
come and if not adequately managed will result in loss of sales to alternative suppliers. 
Supply  Chain  and  Inventory  Management  - Supply Chain maturity and agility are critical to the requirements of a world 
class  omni-retailer  and  for  the  Group  to  meet  evolving  customer  expectations.  The  Group  has  made  substantial 
investments  in  an  updated  supply  chain  network  and  supporting  information  systems.  The  Group  continues  to  pursue 
opportunities  to  reduce  the  cost  of  the  supply  chain  through  improved  delivery  models  with  its  major  trade  partners 
including  the  development  of  mutual  business  opportunities.  Risks  associated  with  the  supply  chain  remain  constant.  
Product  compliance achievement, including  the  production  of inventory  at  agreed  quality  standards,  compliance with 
consumer law, dangerous goods legislation etc is a risk that is managed through the Group’s integrated risk management 
plan via a cyclical audit programme. Ineffective or inefficient management of inventory is a significant risk to all retailers. 
Organisation  structure,  culture  and  capabilities  -  Attraction,  retention,  engagement,  safety  and  succession  of  team 
members  are  key  risks  to  be  managed  to  maximise  financial  growth  in  the  retail  sector.  The  Group  has  undertaken 
strategies  that  have  successfully  mitigated  these  risks.  A  review  of  the  Group’s  operating  model  is  underway  and  will 
identify  the  design  requirements  and  transformation  to  a  new  way  of  working  to  support  the  Group’s  strategy  to  be  a 
world  class  omni-retailer.  Transitioning  the  organisation  to  a  new  operating  model  will  increase  risk  in  the  near  term, 
however reduce risk in the medium to long term. 
Stakeholder  management  and  expectations  -  Confidence  in  our  brands  is  critical  for  the  Group’s  success,  key  external 
stakeholders  can  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Group’s  reputation  and  the  Group  recognises  the  importance  of 
minimising the risk of breach of corporate policy, fraud or compliance in legislation / regulations. The increase in regulatory 
controls  and  compliance  obligations  and  impact  of  increased  Corporate  Social  Responsibility  expectations  (direct  and 
indirect)  has  a  direct  cost  implication  for  the  Group.  Ethical  sourcing,  ensuring  that  products  are  sourced  within 
acceptable  community  standards,  requires  dedicated  focus.    The  Group  has  developed  strong  compliance  processes 
and a clear focus on Corporate Social Responsibility and sustainable business practices. On-going review of changes to 
regulation  and  stakeholder  sustainability  expectations  is  required  to  assess  the  impact  on  the  Group  and  develop 
appropriate response strategies.  
Financial  risk  -  The  Group’s  activities  expose  it  to  a  number  of  financial  risks.   The  Group  adopts  a  financial  risk 
management  program  which  seeks  to  minimise  the  potential  adverse  impacts  on  financial  performance  of  the  Group. 
Financial  risks  and  specific  risk  management  approaches  are  reported  in  more  detail  in  the  Notes  to  the  Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3. 

3.2 

(e) 

• 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Material Business Risks (continued) 

Cyber & Emerging Technology risk - The digital economy and transformation in retail delivery creates new challenges for 
all  companies  in  relation  to  maintaining  a  strong  cyber  resilience  program.   The  Group  is  implementing  strategies  to 
prevent  deliberate  exploitation  of  computer  systems,  technology-dependent  enterprises  and  networks  by  internal  and 
external parties. Cyber security is an evolving and significant risk and the Group will need to maintain ongoing vigilance 
and adopt appropriate responses (technological / physical / other) to protect its information assets. During this reporting 
period  the  Group,  through  formal  risk  assessments,  considered  its  exposure  and  there  is  continuous  focus  on  mitigating 
emerging  risks  in  relation  to  cyber  risks.  It  is  also  recognised  that  the  Group  requires  a  stable,  secure  and  efficient 
information  systems  environment  that  can  deliver  competitive  advantage.  The  Group  has  made  and  will  continue  to 
make a  significant investment in Information Management  Systems  to  meet  the  challenges of  the  digital economy  and 
evolving technology landscape. The Group believes that this will remain a consistent and increasing risk requiring ongoing 
management. 

3.3 

Dividends 

Dividends paid or declared by the Group to members since the end of the previous financial year were: 

Declared and paid during the year: 

2016 final fully franked dividend 

2017 interim fully franked dividend 

Declared after end of year: 

2017 final fully franked dividend 

3.4 

Significant Changes in the State of Affairs 

Cents per share 

Total amount 
$m 

Payment date 

21.5 

21.5 

42.4 

42.4 

7 October 2016 

7 April 2017 

25.0 

49.3 

6 October 2017 

There  were  no  significant  changes  in  the  Group’s  state  of  affairs  during  the  period  other  than  that  described  in  section  3.5 
below. 

3.5 

Matters Subsequent to the End of the Financial Year 

The Group has undertaken a review of the strategy for its Sports Division recognising that the dynamics of the sports retail market 
are set to evolve in the next few years.  As such the Group has concluded that the optimal strategy to sustain its position as the 
market leader in sports retailing will be to focus on building one retail brand.  Therefore the Group will commence a program of 
converting all Amart Sports stores to Rebel with a target of presenting one brand to market by November 2017 as announced to 
the market on 25 July 2017.  This is considered to be an adjusting event for the purposes of the 2017 financial statements and as 
such  the  Group  has  recognised  after  tax  costs  of  $34.0  million  in  the  2017  financial  year  associated  with  the  Sports  business 
transformation.  

3.6 

Likely Developments and Future Prospects 

Information on likely developments in the operations of the Group is set out in this report under the section Review of Financial 
Condition.  Further information on the expected results of operations has not been included in this Annual Report because the 
Directors believe it would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the Group. 

3.7 

Environmental Regulation 

The Group’s environmental obligations are regulated under State, Territory and Federal Law.  The Group has an Environmental 
Management  System  in  place  and  a  policy  of  complying  with  its  environmental  performance  obligations.    All  material 
environmental performance  obligations  are  monitored by  the  Board.    No environmental breaches  have been  notified  to  the 
Group during the period ended 1 July 2017. 

44 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.  

Remuneration Report – Audited  

The Directors of Super Retail Group present this Remuneration Report for the period ended 1 July 2017. The Remuneration Report 
outlines the Group’s remuneration philosophy and practices, explains how the Group’s 2017 performance has driven executive 
remuneration  outcomes,  and  provides  the  details  of  specific  remuneration  arrangements  that  apply  to  Key  Management 
Personnel  (KMP)  in  accordance  with  section  300A  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001  (Cth)  (Corporations  Act)  and  applicable 
accounting standards. 

The structure of the Remuneration Report is outlined below. 

Contents 
Section 1 
Section 2 
Section 3 
Section 4 
Section 5 
Section 6 
Section 7 
Section 8 
Section 9 
Section 10 
Section 11 

Remuneration Governance  
Key Management Personnel 
Remuneration Strategy and Policy 
Senior Executive Remuneration Structure 
Non-Executive Directors Remuneration Structure 
Relationship of Remuneration to Group Performance 
Remuneration Outcomes for 2017 
Remuneration Changes for 2018 
Service Agreements 
Period of Restraint 
Additional Information 

Section 1: Remuneration Governance 

1.1  

Role of the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee 

The primary objective of the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee (the Committee) is to assist the Board to fulfil its 
corporate  governance  and  oversight  responsibilities  in  relation  to  the  Group’s  people  strategy  including  remuneration 
components,  performance  measurements  and  accountability  frameworks,  recruitment,  engagement,  retention,  talent 
management and succession planning. 

The Committee’s duties and responsibilities are: 
• 

Undertake an annual review of the Group’s remuneration strategy and remuneration policy to facilitate understanding of 
the  overall  approach  to  remuneration,  and  to  confirm  alignment  with  the  Group’s  business  strategy,  high  standards  of 
governance and compliance with regulatory standards; 
Review  and  recommend  to  the  Board  for  approval,  remuneration  arrangements  for  the  Group  Managing  Director  and 
Chief Executive Officer and other senior executives. The Committee reviews the arrangements on an annual basis against 
the Remuneration Policy, obtaining independent external remuneration advice where appropriate; 
Undertake  an  annual  review  of  the  Group’s  performance  management  system  to  confirm  the  integrity  of  systems  and 
processes  in  making  incentive  based  payments.  The  Committee  also  verifies  compliance  with  vesting  or  exercise 
requirements for equity based rewards; 
Establish the policy for the remuneration arrangements for Non-Executive Directors, reviewing remuneration arrangements 
annually and obtaining independent external remuneration advice where appropriate; and  
Review  and  recommend  to  the  Board  for  approval  the  Remuneration  Report  and  any  other  report  required  to  be 
produced for shareholders to meet regulatory requirements. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

The Committee reviews its Charter at least once in each financial year. The Corporate Governance Statement (available in the 
Investor  Centre,  Corporate  Governance  section  of  the  Group’s  website  at  www.superretailgroup.com)  provides  further 
information on the role of the Committee. 

1.2  

Involvement of Independent Advisors 

The Human Resources and Remuneration Committee operates independently of senior executives and engages directly with 
remuneration  consultants.  The  requirements  for  external  consultants’  services  are  assessed  annually  in  the  context  of 
remuneration matters that the Committee requires to address. During 2017, external advice was received from Ernst & Young 
related to market remuneration benchmarking, and market remuneration practices around remuneration structures. 

No remuneration recommendations as defined by the Corporations Act 2001 were provided.  

Section 2: Key Management Personnel 

The  names  and  titles  of  the  Group’s  KMP,  being  those  persons  having  authority  and  responsibility  for  planning,  directing  and 
controlling the activities of the entity, are set out below. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.  

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

2.1  

Non-Executive Directors 

Current: 
R J Wright 
R A Rowe 
S A Pitkin 
D J Eilert  
L K Inman 
H L Mowlem 

Former: 
R J Skippen 

Chair and Independent Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director (appointed 13 June 2017) 

Independent Non-Executive Director (retired 24 October 2016) 

2.2  

Executive Director 

P A Birtles  

Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 

2.3  

Other Executive KMP 

Current:  
D J Burns  
E A Berchtold   Managing Director – Sports Division 
C D Wilesmith   Managing Director – Auto Division  
A M Heraghty   Managing Director – Leisure Division  

Chief Financial Officer 

Former:  
G G Carroll 

Chief Supply Chain Officer (resigned effective 22 July 2016) 

Section 3: Remuneration Strategy and Policy 

One  of  the  Group’s  core  principles  is  that  the  attraction,  development,  engagement  and  retention  of  passionate  team 
members provides a competitive advantage which is fundamental to the long term success of the Group. The maintenance of 
a workplace culture and the development of people practices that support this principle are strategic priorities for the Group. 

The  development  of  people  practices  covers  a  number  of  areas  including  attraction,  diversity,  learning  and  development, 
engagement, workplace health and safety, talent and succession management, and remuneration and benefits.  

Remuneration  and  benefits  practices  are  set in  the  context  of  an  overall  policy  to  provide  market  competitive  remuneration 
arrangements which support the attraction, development, engagement and retention of passionate team members, and that 
are aligned with the interests of shareholders. 

The Group is committed to creating a high performance culture. The philosophy is to provide flexible and competitive market 
based  total  remuneration  arrangements  that  are  linked  to  the  performance  of  the  Group  and  its  businesses  and  support 
services. 

The key elements of the Remuneration Policy are: 
• 

to  provide  competitive  total  remuneration  arrangements  that  enable  the  Group  to  attract  and  retain  high  performing 
team members, and to reward them for their contribution to the success of the Group; 
to align remuneration arrangements with the delivery of sustainable value to the Group’s shareholders; 
to maintain a pay for performance environment through linking incentive pay opportunities to the achievement of specific, 
measurable business goals; 
to  position  base  salaries  at  or  around  the  median  and  performance  incentives  in  the  3rd  quartile  of  relevant  market 
remuneration levels, subject to individual performance; 
to provide gender pay equity across the Group through regular analysis and review; 
to provide arrangements with the flexibility to recognise individuals based on performance, experience and qualifications; 
and 
to provide equitable, fair and consistent pay arrangements across the Group through a systematic methodology involving 
job value and market positioning. 

• 
• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

The Group is committed to ensuring all employees are remunerated fairly and equitably.  The Group conducts annual gender 
pay equity reviews that are presented to the Remuneration Committee.  No significant gaps were identified during 2017. 

Remuneration can include a number of different elements such as base pay, superannuation, short term incentives, long term 
incentives, tools of trade, study and relocation assistance, share plans and novated lease arrangements. The elements of the 
total  remuneration  package  may  vary  according  to  the  job  role,  team  members’  experience  and  performance  and  market 
practice.  The Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, and his direct reports (senior executives) are remunerated 
under a Total Target Remuneration structure.  

For  the  2017  financial  year,  remuneration  benchmarking  for  all  KMP  was  sourced  from  Ernst  &  Young  (EY)  Remuneration 
Consultants. The Board referenced three sets of comparator groups to benchmark remuneration, being: 

46 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.  

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

•  Market  Capitalisation  comparator  group:  S&P/ASX  200  companies  within  50%  to  200%  of  Super  Retail  Group’s  12  month 

average market capitalisation; 

•  Market Capitalisation and revenue comparator group: S&P/ASX 200 companies within 50% to 200% of Super Retail Group’s 
12 month average market capitalisation and within 50% to 200% of Super Retail Group’s budgeted sales revenue; and 
•  Market  Capitalisation  and  GICS  comparator  group:  S&P/ASX  200  companies  within  the  ‘Consumer  Discretionary  Sector’ 
Global  Industry  Classification  Standard  (GICS)  and  also  within  50%  to  200%  of  Super  Retail  Group’s  12  month  average 
market capitalisation. 

Section 4: Senior Executive Remuneration Structure 

The  senior  executive  remuneration  structure  is  reviewed  annually  by  the  Human  Resources  and  Remuneration  Committee 
against the Remuneration Policy, external remuneration practices, market expectations and regulatory standards. 

The Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, together with the other executive KMP, are remunerated under a 
Total Target Remuneration (TTR) structure consisting of three elements: 
• 
• 
• 

Base Salary Package (inclusive of superannuation contributions, car allowance and other non-monetary benefits); 
Short Term Incentive (STI); and 
Long Term Incentive (LTI). 

In line with the Group’s Remuneration Policy, these remuneration categories are illustrated in Table 1 below: 

Table 1: 

Market Competitive 

Aligned to 
Shareholders’ 
Sustainable Value 

Super Retail Group’s Remuneration Policy 
Pay-for-Performance 
Environment – Specific 
and Measurable 

Equitable, fair and 
consistent across the 
Group 

Flexible – Recognise 
Performance, 
Experience and 
Qualifications 

Super Retail Group’s Executive Remuneration Objectives 

Attract, motivate, and retain 
executive talent 

Differentiate reward to drive 
performance including 
values and behaviours 

An appropriate balance of 
fixed and ‘at-risk’ 
components focused on 
long-term strategy and short-
term milestones 

Alignment to shareholder 
interests and value creation 
through equity components 

Group Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer and Senior Executive Remuneration Structure 

Determination 

Delivery 

Strategic  Intent  and  Market 
Positioning 

Fixed 
Base Salary Package 

Base salary package is set 
based on relevant market 
data relativities, reflecting 
responsibilities, performance, 
qualifications and 
experience. 

Base pay and 
superannuation and may 
include prescribed non-
financial benefits at the 
executives’ discretion on a 
salary sacrifice basis. 

Base salary package will 
generally be positioned at 
the median compared to 
relevant market-based data, 
taking into account 
expertise and performance 
in the role. 

At Risk 

Short Term Incentive (STI) 
STI performance criteria are 
set by reference to the 
Group PBT and divisional 
revenue and EBIT, and 
individual performance 
targets relevant to the 
specific position. 
Cash only. 

Performance incentive is 
directed to achieving Board 
approved targets, reflective 
of market circumstances. 
Combined, base salary 
package and STI is intended 
to be positioned in the 3rd 
quartile of the relevant 
benchmark comparisons. 

Long Term Incentive (LTI) 
LTI targets are linked to both 
Earnings per Share (EPS) and 
Return on Capital (ROC) 
performance measures, over 
a three year vesting period. 

Equity in performance rights. 
All equity is held subject to 
service and performance for 
3 to 5 years from grant date. 
The equity is at risk until 
vesting. Performance is 
tested once at the vesting 
date. 
LTI is intended to reward 
executive KMP for 
sustainable long-term 
growth aligned to 
shareholders interests. LTI 
allocation values are 
intended to be positioned at 
the top of the 3rd quartile of 
the relevant benchmark 
comparisons. 

Total Target Remuneration (TTR) 
TTR is positioned to achieve the remuneration objectives outlined above. Outperformance generates higher reward. 
The remuneration structure is designed to ensure top quartile executive KMP remuneration and is only achieved if Super 
Retail Group outperforms against stated targets. 

Target Remuneration Mix 
The mix of remuneration between fixed and variable components is determined having regard to the seniority of the role, the 
responsibilities  of  the  role  for  driving  business  performance,  developing  and  implementing  business  strategy  and  external 
remuneration practices. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.  

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

The diagrams below (Figure 1), show the mix of fixed and at-risk components of remuneration, as a percentage of total annual 
remuneration,  for  the  Group  Managing  Director  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  other  executive  KMPs  disclosed  in  the 
Remuneration  Report.  Remuneration  is  based  on  the  base  salary  package  as  at  July  2016  and  the  incentive  payable  if  all 
performance conditions are met, and assumes maximum STI is received and full vesting of the LTI plan. 

Figure 1: 

The  LTI  component  is  based  on  the  notional  monetary  value  at  the  time  of  grant.  This  notional  valuation  may  differ  from  the 
accounting valuation which considers probability of vesting and other factors. 

(a) 

Base Salary Package 

The Remuneration Policy provides executive KMP a base salary package that reflects the median market base salary package 
for  a  comparable  role  in  a  similarly  sized  publicly  listed  company  operating  in  the  retail  and  consumer  goods  industry.  The 
executive KMP’s performance, skills and experience are also considered in determining the base salary package. 

The base  salary  package  comprises  base  pay and  superannuation and  may include  prescribed  non-financial benefits at  the 
executives’  discretion  on  a  salary  sacrifice  basis.    The  Group  provides  superannuation  contributions  in  line  with  statutory 
obligations.  

No guaranteed base salary increases are included in any executive KMP’s service contract.  Approved amendments to base 
salary packages are effective from the commencement of the new financial year. 

(b) 

(i) 

Short Term Incentive (STI) 

Review of the STI Scheme 

As indicated in the 2016 Remuneration Report, the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee undertook a review of the 
incentive  component  of  the  executive  remuneration  framework  as  part  of  the  Board’s  commitment  to  achieve  stronger 
alignment of the Group’s approach to remuneration with its strategic objectives. 

Central to the review was an acknowledgement that the previous profit share structure that was put in place 5 years ago, was 
fit for purpose then as it was strongly aligned to the strategy of the business. However, evolving internal and market challenges 
since  then  precipitated  a  change  in  approach.  The  complexity  of  the  operating  environment  requires  executives  to  drive 
performance in a non linear manner and to be accountable for creating short and long term shareholder value. Accordingly, a 
single  measure  of  profit  whilst  always  a  primary  consideration  needs  to  be  balanced  with  all  stakeholder  interests  and 
competing  priorities.  This  approach  resulted  in  the  introduction  of  a  new  STI  scheme  (the  Scheme)  based  on  a  balanced 
scorecard. Taking a balanced scorecard approach allows us to assess performance in a holistic way by measuring the four key 
drivers of performance, namely: 

Financial (50%) 
Strategy / Business Improvement (20% - 30%) 

• 
• 
•  Customer (10% - 15%) 
• 
People (10% - 15%) 

48 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.  

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

In considering the needs of the shareholder this approach takes a prospective view of performance and rewards not only for 
the financial performance in any given year but also for ensuring those results are sustainable and in the long term interest of 
shareholders. 

The  significant  weighting  of  financial  outcomes  with  a  minimum  of  50%  ensures  the  strong  link  between  actual  financial 
performance and incentive paid is maintained.  A minimum Group Profit Before Tax (PBT) of at least 90% of target must be met 
before any short term incentives are payable.  If this level is not reached, the Scheme is deemed to be discretionary and any 
payment made to executives will be at the Board’s discretion. 

Setting performance levels at target and stretch is a critical element of the STI scheme. They support continuous improvement 
and  are  correlated  with  the  overall  Group  target  and  the  contribution  of  each  executive.  Accordingly,  the  performance 
required at each “target” (100%) level, is equivalent to the budget for each available measure. The performance required at 
the “Stretch” level (150%) is equivalent to the strategic plan levels for each available measure. 

The Committee governed the scheme design, KPI and target setting and held discretion over the outcomes. 

The principles and key elements of the Scheme are as per Table 2 below: 

Table 2: 

Principles 
Alignment of remuneration arrangements with 
the delivery of sustainable value to the 
Group’s shareholders. 

Market competitiveness. 

Maintain a pay for performance environment 
through linking incentive pay opportunities to 
the achievement of specific, measurable 
business goals. 
Be fair and valued by executives, reflect 
performance both at the individual and 
company level but must not reward 
executives for failure. 

• 

• 

Elements of the scheme satisfies the principles 
• 

The induction of a formulaic scorecard allows the Group to appropriately 
balance short and long term financial outcomes and have this 
recognised in the reward to executives. The Board’s discretion to take 
into account extraordinary items provides the ability to support that 
appropriate outcomes are achieved. 

•  Decouples the link between fixed remuneration and STI target. 
• 

The use of year-on-year financial hurdles are designed to ensure that 
incentives are affordable and not disproportionately dilutive to overall 
profit.  Minimum performance hurdle established. 

•  Capping of STI payments at 150% of target. 
• 

The application of targets will anchor STI and therefore total cash at the 
desired market position with potential upside to a more aggressive 
position. 
The creation of measurable scorecards coupled with the use of target 
and stretch elements to encourage outperformance. 

STI targets are common at an executive level and provide transparent 
line of sight between performance at target and stretch and reward 
opportunity. It provides the optimum balance between achievability and 
performance.  

•  Having a minimum Group performance standard across all scorecards 
supports the appropriate mix of Group and individual measures.  
Importantly, target does not equate to minimum and under-performance 
will be reflected in the scorecard with zero possible. 

• 

(ii) 

Performance-based ‘At Risk’ Remuneration and Evaluating the Performance of Senior Executives in 2017 

Variable  or  ‘at-risk’  remuneration  forms  a  significant  portion  of  the  executive  KMP  remuneration  opportunity.  The  purpose  of 
variable  remuneration  is  to  direct  executives’  behaviours  towards  maximising  the  Group’s  short-term  performance.  The  key 
aspects are summarised in Table 3 below: 

Table 3: 
Plan 
Participation 

Purpose 

Performance Period 
Financial Gateway 

STI awards are made under the Super Retail Group Short Term Incentive Scheme. 
The Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer and other executive KMP are 
invited to participate in the Scheme. 
The Scheme rewards a combination of Board approved financial and non-financial 
performance measures that articulate performance expectations at both target and over-
achievement that are aligned to the creation of shareholder value.  
The primary financial measure is Group PBT combined with Divisional EBIT (where 
appropriate). In addition, a balance of non-financial measures are included on executing 
key objectives such as business improvement, customer and people, which are aligned to 
the Group’s business plan. 
The performance period is for 12 months ending 1 July 2017. 
A minimum Group PBT of at least 90% of target must be met before any short term incentives 
are payable. If this level is not reached, the Scheme is deemed to be discretionary and any 
payment made to executives will be at the Board’s discretion.  

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.  

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Performance Targets 

The achievement of individual KPI targets (independent of profit performance) shall 
determine the proportion of the potential bonus entitlement that will be granted.   
During the 2017 financial year, following the review of the scheme, existing 2017 business 
performance targets were translated into the new scheme KPIs. These goals are specific to 
the individual and aligned to the Group’s strategic plan.  

Measures 

Category 

Weighting 
(% of STI) 

Performance Goals 

Financial 

Non-
Financial 

Financial 

50% 

Business 
Improvement 

20-30% 

Customer 

10-15% 

People 

10-15% 

Net Profit Before Tax (PBT) 
Working Capital Efficiency 
Supply Chain Optimisation  
Business Transformation  
BCF Earnings (EBIT) 
Net Promotor Score (NPS) 

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)  
Employee Engagement 

2017 Target & Maximum 
Stretch Opportunity 

Use of Discretion 

Governance and Approval 
Process 

Payment Vehicle 
Payment Frequency 

For the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer and other executive KMP, the 
target STI opportunity is 100% of target, and the maximum stretch STI opportunity is 150% of 
target.  For each measure, a threshold level of performance is set. This level must be met to 
achieve a score.  Importantly, the threshold is set higher than prior year performance thereby 
maintaining a key principle of year on year improvement. 
The Human Resources and Remuneration Committee, in its advisory role, reviews proposed 
adjustments to STI outcomes where there are exceptional, unforeseen and uncontrollable 
impacts on the agreed performance measures and makes recommendations for any 
changes to performance measures, which may only be approved by the Board. 
The Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer’s STI is recommended by the 
Committee based on his balanced scorecard performance and is approved by the Board.  
The amount of STI paid to other executive KMP is recommended by the Group Managing 
Director and Chief Executive Officer to the Committee based on each executive’s balanced 
scorecard performance and is recommended by the Committee for approval by the Board. 
The  Board  may  apply  discretion  in  determining  the  STI  outcomes  to  ensure  they  are 
appropriate. 
STI awards are delivered in cash with no deferral.  
STI awards are paid annually. Payments are made in September following the end of the 
performance period. 

(iii) 

Company and Divisional Performance Measures 

In designing the measures relating to the financial performance of the Group, three core drivers were considered – sustainable 
growth, profitability and operating efficiency. Net profit, earnings growth and working capital efficiency were determined to be 
the most appropriate and therefore all or a combination of, are detailed in each scorecard.  

Insofar as profit is concerned, all executives hold PBT as the primary performance measure, noting that NPAT is a key driver of LTI 
outcomes and is used judiciously in that instrument as it provides a purer alignment to the returns to shareholders.  

All  scorecards  carry  a  weighting  of  50%  for  pure  financial  metrics  and  all  scorecards  have  an  element  of  Group  financial 
performance and for the Managing Directors of each Division, Divisional EBIT. 

An important consideration in the Business Improvement category was for the measures to be appropriately balanced between 
immediate business priorities and longer term strategic initiatives. Each executive KMP has measures accordingly.  

For the year to 1 July 2017, the normalised profit before tax target was set at $184.1 million, 18.1% higher than the normalised 
profit before tax achieved in the period to 2 July 2016 of $155.9 million.  This target was exceeded and therefore the gateway 
was  also met.    The Divisional profit is  measured  by  segment  EBIT performance against  budget.  In  the  year  to  1  July  2017,  the 
Auto and Sports Divisions achieved their budgets while the Leisure Division did not achieve its budgeted EBIT. 

(iv) 

Executive Performance Objectives and Outcomes for 2017 

The individual KPIs and 2017 achievement as determined by the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee for the Group 
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer were as per Table 4 below: 

50 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.  

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Table 4: 

Measure 

Description of 
Measure 

Weighting 

Actual Performance Range 

Commentary on Performance 

1. 

Financial Measures: 

Net Profit Before Tax 
(PBT) 

Financial  

Business 
Improvement 

Working Capital 
Efficiency – 
Inventory Investment 
to Sales 
Supply Chain 
Optimisation – Cost 
per Unit 
Transformation of 
Rays  

2.  Non-Financial Measures: 

BCF Earnings (EBIT) 

Customer 

People 

Customer Centricity 
-  Net Promotor 
Score (NPS) 
Lost Time Injury 
Frequency Rate 
(LTIFR) 
Level of Employee 
Engagement 

35% 

15% 

20% 

15% 

15% 

T
h
r
e
s
h
o
d

l

l

B
e
o
w

(cid:1) 

t

o
T
a
g
e

r

t

T
h
r
e
s
h
o
d

l

r

T
a
g
e

t

S
t
r
e
c
h

t

r

T
a
g
e

t

t

o

S
t
r
e
c
h

t

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

In 2017, the Group’s normalised profit 
before tax outcome was $190.5m. This 
exceeded the target and represents a 
22% year-on-year performance 
improvement. This is a significant 
improvement to performance from 
prior years. 

Year-end result was slightly hampered 
by stock investment in stores yet to 
open. 

Whilst there was a 10% year-on-year 
improvement it fell slightly below 
target. 
Successful execution of the closure of 
Ray’s Outdoors and trialling of new 
Rays format. 
Earnings up 19% year-on-year. 

NPS result represents a significant 
improvement of 23% year-on-year. 

Whilst slightly below target, a 17% year-
on-year improvement has been 
achieved. 
Engagement levels remain flat from 
the prior corresponding period. 

The  overall  outcome  for  the  Group  Managing  Director  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  was  assessed  by  the  Board  to  be  a 
performance level of 103%, driven by outperformance in the financial measures and impacted by underperformance in LTIFR 
and  no  movement  in  the  Employee  Engagement  score.    As  a  point  of  calibration,  in  the  2017  financial  year,  the  Group’s 
normalised  profit  before  tax  outcome  was  $190.5m.  This  exceeded  the  target  by  3.4%  and  represents  a  22%  year-on-year 
performance improvement. 

In considering the outcomes, the following are noted: 
• 

Performance – A scorecard outcome of 103% is an above target ($820,000) outcome resulting in a payment of $844,600.  
This  result  is  69%  of  earning  potential  (100%  of  fixed  at  $1.23  million)  for  delivering  a  20%  year-on-year  improved  profit 
performance and therefore the result is robust, fair and appropriate. 

•  Comparison to Prior Scheme – A key feature of the Board’s decision to implement a new scheme was that in the first year 
(2017), a no disadvantage test would be applied by considering what the same result would return on the prior scheme.  
Under  the  previous  STI  scheme,  this  same  PBT  outcome would  translate  into  a  bonus  outcome  of  $738,000  or  60%  of  the 
maximum earning potential. 

The  individual  KPIs  and  2017  achievement  as  determined  by  the  Human  Resources  and  Remuneration  Committee  for  the 
executive KMP were as per Table 5 below: 

Table 5: 

Name 

Company Measures 

Financial (50%) 

Business Improvement 
(20%) 

Customer (15%) 

People (15%) 

STI Total % 

D Burns 

E Berchtold 

C Wilesmith 

A Heraghty 

Target 

Target to stretch 

Target to stretch 

Threshold to target 

Threshold to target 

Threshold to target 

Target to stretch 

Threshold to target 

Threshold to target 

Target to stretch 

Target 

Stretch 

Target 

Threshold to target 

Threshold to target 

Threshold to target 

109% 

86% 

107% 

90% 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.  

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Tables 4 and 5 are shown graphically in Figure 2. 

Figure 2: 

In considering the outcomes, the following is noted: 
• 

Position  to  Market  –  The  collective  average  outcome  will  position  the  executive  KMP  between  the  median  and  the  3rd 
quartile  for  awarded  STI  (market  capitalization  comparator  group).  This  positioning  is  in  line  with  our  Remuneration 
philosophy and recognises the strong performance in a challenging year for the sector.  

The  Committee  has  again  this  year  considered  the  deferral  of  a  portion  of  the  STI  award  into  equity.  This  has  not  been 
introduced due to the Board’s assessment that: 
• 
• 
• 

the nature of the business is one where revenue is not dependent on long term contracts; 
the Group has a strong risk management framework; 
STI payment arrangements are reasonable and the Group can demonstrate a clear link between STI payments and the 
Group performance over a number of years; and 
deferral of STI and part payment in equity may cause confusion between STI and LTI arrangements. 

• 

(c) 

Long Term Incentive (LTI) 

The Group’s remuneration structure aims to align long term incentives for executive KMPs and other executives with the delivery 
of  sustainable  value  to  shareholders.  The  alignment  of  interests  is  important  in  ensuring  that  executive  KMPs  and  other 
executives  are  focused  on  delivering  sustainable  returns  to  shareholders,  whilst  allowing  the  Group  to  attract  and  retain 
executives of a high calibre. 

In October 2009, the Group’s shareholders approved the establishment of the Super Retail Group Limited Performance Rights 
Plan  (Plan).  The  Plan  is  an  at-risk  component  of  executive  remuneration  under  which  an  equity  award  may  be  provided  to 
executives based on the achievement of specific performance measures, linking the long-term remuneration of executive KMP 
and  other  executives  with  the  economic  benefit  derived  by  shareholders  over  a  three  to  five  year  performance  period.  
Participation in the Plan is by invitation only as determined by the Board. The key attributes of the Group’s LTI Plan are provided 
in Table 6 below: 

Table 6: 
Plan 
Participation 
Purpose 

LTI Instrument 

Allocation 
Methodology 

Performance Period 

LTI awards are granted under the Super Retail Group Employee Performance Rights Plan. 
The Plan allows for the annual grant of Performance Rights to executive KMP and other executives. 
The Plan aligns executive remuneration with the creation of shareholder value. This is achieved 
through the use of both Earnings Per Share (EPS) Compound Annual Growth and Return on Capital 
(ROC). The Plan has also been designed to act as a retention mechanism, and to encourage 
executive KMP and other executives to build and retain the Group’s shares over the long term. The 
Super Retail Employee Performance Rights Plan Rules are available on the Group’s website.   
Performance Rights are granted by the Group for nil consideration. Each performance right is a 
right to receive a fully-paid ordinary share at no cost if service-based and performance-based 
vesting conditions are met.  
The number of Performance Rights granted to each executive KMP is determined in accordance 
with the Executive Remuneration Structure outlined above, and have a value of between 50% and 
100% of their base salary. The notional value of Performance Rights granted to executive KMP and 
other executives is determined on a face value basis using the volume weighted average price 
(VWAP) for Super Retail Group shares traded on the ASX on the five trading days from, and 
including the release of the Group’s results for the preceding reporting period. The value of 
Performance Rights for grant purposes may differ from the accounting valuation which considers 
probability of vesting and other factors.  
The performance period is three years commencing on 1 July in the year the award is made. For 
the 2017 awards, this is the three year period from 1 July 2017 to 30 June 2020. 

52 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.  

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Performance Hurdles 
and Vesting 
Schedules 

Testing and Time 
Restrictions 

Dividends and Voting 
Rights 
Hedging 
Arrangements 
Clawback Policy 

Termination Provisions 

Change of Control 
Provisions 

Equity grants to executive KMP and other executives are in two equal tranches of 50% to growth in 
EPS and 50% to averaged ROC. The performance conditions are: 

Measure 

Weight 
Nature 
Performance Zone 
(Threshold to Maximum) 
Payout 

Normalised EPS CAGR 
50% 
Growth of Group 
10% to 15% compound annual 
growth 
Below threshold (<10%):  
0% of elements vested 
Threshold (10%):  
50% of elements vested 
Maximum of above (15%):  
100% of elements vested 
Straight-line vesting:  
Between threshold (10%) and 
maximum (15%) 

Averaged ROC 
50% 
Group Absolute 
12% to 15% annual average 

Below threshold (<12%): 
0% of elements vested 
Threshold (12%): 
50% of elements vested 
Maximum of above (15%): 
100% of elements vested 
Straight-line vesting:  
Between threshold (12%) and 
maximum (15%) 

Performance Period 

If the performance conditions are satisfied within the Performance 
Period, the Performance Rights will vest over the subsequent years in 
accordance with the following schedule:  

Time after grant of 
Performance Rights: 
3 years 
4 years 
5 years 

Percentage of Performance 
Rights that vest: 
50% 
25% 
25% 

If the averaged ROC is 10%, then 30% of the Performance Rights will be available to vest; 
If the averaged ROC is 12%, then 50% of the Performance Rights will be available to vest; or 
If the averaged ROC is 15%, then 100% of the Performance Rights will be available to vest. 

Under these performance hurdles, for the plan to achieve 100% vesting, the cumulative EPS growth 
must be at least 15%, and ROC must average at least 15%.   
For performance rights granted since 2016 the averaged ROC performance hurdle has changed 
as follows: 
• 
• 
• 
Performance Rights will vest on a pro rata basis between these averaged ROC ranges. 
At the end of three financial years, equity grants are tested against the performance hurdles set. If 
the performance hurdles are not met at the vesting date, the Performance Rights will lapse. There is 
no retesting of performance hurdles under the Plan. 
Performance Rights do not carry voting or dividend rights. 

Participating executives are prohibited from entering into any hedging arrangements in relation to 
Performance Rights. 
The Group implemented a Clawback Policy to meet good governance practice. The policy is 
available on the Group’s website. There have been no circumstances to date where the policy 
was invoked. 
Executive KMP must be employed at the time of vesting to receive the allotment of shares.  The 
Board has discretion to amend the employment requirement based on the circumstances 
associated with the executive KMP and other executives leaving.  The Board plans to exercise its 
discretion where an employee leaves due to retirement, retrenchment or redundancy, or 
termination by mutual consent. The employee may retain entitlement to a portion of the 
Performance Rights pro-rated to reflect the period of service from the start of the Performance 
Period to the date of departure.  After the employees’ departure the Performance Rights would 
only be available to vest to the extent that the performance conditions are met. Where an 
employee leaves due to resignation or termination with cause, all unvested Performance Rights will 
lapse. 
Any unvested Performance Rights may vest at the Board’s discretion, having regard to pro-rated 
performance. 

The Plan allows for the annual grant of Performance Rights to executive KMP and other executives. The grant of Performance 
Rights  entitles  the  executive  to  be  granted  an  equivalent  number  of  shares  upon  vesting  of  those  Performance  Rights.  The 
vesting of Performance Rights is subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions and service conditions as detailed in the 
Super  Retail  Employee  Performance  Rights  Plan  Rules  and  can  be  viewed  in  the  Investor  Centre,  Corporate  Governance 
section of the Group’s website, www.superretailgroup.com.   

Section 5: Non-Executive Directors Remuneration Structure 

The  Group’s  remuneration  strategy  is  designed  to  attract  and  retain  experienced,  qualified  Non-Executive  Directors  and  to 
remunerate  appropriately  to  reflect  the  demands  which  are  made  on  them  and  the  responsibilities  of  the  position.  Non-
Executive Directors receive fees to recognise their contribution to the work of the Board and the associated Committees that 
they serve.  

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.  

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

The Human Resources and Remuneration Committee reviews the level of fees annually. Under the current fee framework, Non-
Executive Directors are remunerated by way of a base fee, with additional fees paid to the Chairs and members of committees 
namely  the  Audit  and  Risk,  and  the  Human  Resources  and  Remuneration  Committees.  This  reflects  the  additional  time 
commitment  required  by  the  Chairs  and  members  of  these  committees.  Fees  are  inclusive  of  superannuation  contributions 
required  by  the  Superannuation  Guarantee  legislation.  Non-Executive  Directors  do  not  receive  any  performance-related 
remuneration. Non-Executive Directors may opt each year to receive a proportion of their remuneration in Super Retail Group 
Limited shares, which would be acquired on market. 

Non-Executive Directors’ Fees are determined within an aggregate Directors’ fee pool approved by shareholders. The current 
fee pool of $1,200,000 per annum was approved at the Annual General Meeting on 23 October 2013. This pool facilitates board 
succession and regeneration.  No increase in the pool is proposed for the 2018 financial year. 

(a) 

Directors’ Fees 

The fees paid to Non-Executive Directors are set out in Table 7 below and are annual fees, inclusive of superannuation, unless 
otherwise stated. 

Table 7: 

Annual Fees 

Chair(1) 

Members 

Board 

$307,500 

$138,375 

Audit and Risk Committee(2) 

Human Resources and 
Remuneration Committee(2) 

$25,000 

$10,000 

$25,000 

$10,000 

(1) Committee fees are not paid to the Chair. 
(2) Committee fees are not paid to members of the Nomination Committee. 

Section 6: Relationship of Remuneration to Group Performance 

The  STI  scheme  operates  to  create  a  clear  link  between  executive  remuneration  and  the  Group’s  annual  performance, 
motivating and rewarding the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer and executive KMP for performance during the 
year.  

The performance of the Group and remuneration paid to KMP over the last 6 years is summarised in Table 8 below: 

Table 8: 

Financial performance 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015(1)

2016(2) 

2017 

CAGR(3)  

Sales ($m) 

    1,654.1  

    2,020.0  

     2,112.1  

2,238.7

2,422.2 

2,465.8 

Normalised Profit before tax 
($m) 

Normalised Post Tax ROC (%) 

Shareholder value created 

Normalised Earnings Per 
Share(¢) 

Dividends Per Share (¢) 

June Share Price ($) 

134.3 

15.9 

53.7 

32.0 

7.19 

163.0 

12.6 

58.1 

38.0 

11.97 

158.6 

11.3 

148.6

10.6

155.9 

10.7 

190.5 

13.0 

55.1 

40.0 

8.46 

54.0

40.0

9.40

55.1 

41.5 

8.77 

68.9 

46.5 

8.20 

8% 

7% 

5% 

8% 

3% 

(1) Results from continuing operations. 
(2) 2016 is a 53 week reporting period compared to 52 weeks for the other 5 years. 
(3) Percentage movement shown is the Compound Annual Growth Rate over the last 5 years. 

Table 9: 
  Remuneration Expense of Key Management Personnel  
2013 
$m 
3.9 

Base Salary Package  

2012 
$m 
3.1 

Short Term Incentive  

Long Term Incentive  

Total  

1.1 

1.1 

5.3 

1.5 

1.5 

6.9 

2014 
$m 
4.8 

0.4 

0.4 

5.6 

2015 
$m 
4.9 

0.4 

0.1 

5.4 

2016(1) 
$m 
5.4 

0.8 

0.5 

6.7 

2017 
$m 
5.1 

2.1 

1.1 

8.3 

(1) 2016 is a 53 week reporting period compared to 52 weeks for the other 5 years and excludes “Other” remuneration. 

Since 2012 normalised earnings per share has increased by 28.1%, dividends per share have increased by 34.4% and the share 
price has increased by 14.0% demonstrating a balance between strategic growth and shareholder value.  

During the same period, total remuneration paid to KMP has increased by 56.6% whilst total base salary has increased by 64.5%. 
During this period the number of executive KMP decreased from 6 to 5 which impacts year on year comparisons.  The amount 
of total remuneration is significantly impacted by the value of incentive payments which have varied over the years in line with 
Group performance.  

Total remuneration paid to KMP as a proportion of normalised profit before tax was 3.9% in 2012 and has increased to 4.4% in 
2017. 

54 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4.  

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

KMP STI paid compared to EPS over the last 6 financial years: 

Figure 3: 

KMP LTI expense compared to EPS over the last 6 financial years:  

Figure 4: 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4. 

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 7: Remuneration Outcomes for 2017 

Details of the remuneration of the Directors and KMP of the Group are set out in Table 10 below: 

Table 10: 
2017 

Name 

Non-Executive 
R J Wright  
R A Rowe 
R J Skippen(4) 
S A Pitkin 
D J Eilert 
L K Inman(5) 
H L Mowlem(6) 
Subtotal 
Executive Director 
P A Birtles 
Other KMP 
D J Burns 
E A Berchtold 
C D Wilesmith 
A M Heraghty 
G G Carroll(7) 
Subtotal 
Total 

2016 

Name 

Short-term Benefits 

Post-
employment 

Share-based 

Cash 
salary  
and fees 
$ 

Cash 
bonus 
$ 

Non- 
monetary 
benefits 
$ 

Super- 
annuation 
$ 

Performance 
Rights (1) 
$ 

Other (2) 

Total (3) 

$ 

$ 

287,884 
104,074 
52,778 
158,333 
144,635 
168,657 
7,296 
923,657 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

19,616 
34,301 
5,014 
15,042 
13,740 
- 
693 
88,406 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

307,500 
138,375 
57,792 
173,375 
158,375 
168,657 
7,989 
1,012,063 

1,206,744 

844,600 

3,640 

19,616 

418,069 

(7,335) 

2,485,334 

625,384 
635,384 
612,384 
648,351 
28,886 
3,757,133 
4,680,790 

272,500 
331,100 
428,000 
279,000 
- 
2,155,200 
2,155,200 

- 
30,000 
48,000 
102,033 
- 
183,673 
183,673 

19,616 
19,616 
19,616 
19,616 
3,989 
102,069 
190,475 

122,121 
163,274 
159,488 
222,476 
- 
1,085,428 
1,085,428 

10,471 
(7,049) 
50,022 
(12,566) 
- 
33,543 
33,543 

1,050,092 
1,172,325 
1,317,510 
1,258,910 
32,875 
7,317,046 
8,329,109 

Short-term Benefits 

Post-
employment 

Share-based 

Cash 
salary  
and fees 
$ 

Cash 
bonus 
$ 

Non- 
monetary 
benefits 
$ 

Super- 
annuation 
$ 

Performance 
Rights (1) 
$ 

Other (2) 

$ 

Total (3) 
(53 weeks) 
$ 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

19,308 
33,952 
14,749 
14,315 
9,181 
- 
91,505 

280,692 
105,215 
155,251 
150,685 
96,640 
105,821 
894,304 

Non-Executive 
R J Wright  
R A Rowe 
R J Skippen 
S A Pitkin 
D J Eilert(8)  
L K Inman(8) 
Subtotal 
Executive Director 
P A Birtles 
Other KMP 
D J Burns 
E A Berchtold 
C D Wilesmith 
A M Heraghty 
G G Carroll 
Subtotal 
Total 
(1) As a result of confirming that prior issues of Performance Rights will not vest into shares, the Performance Rights value includes the reversal of 

617,340 
612,244 
567,513 
690,431 
510,321 
4,197,537 
5,091,841 

819,745 
998,021 
870,965 
1,300,442 
561,681 
6,099,023 
7,084,832 

3,833 
33,354 
(14,887) 
340,297 
18,561 
410,143 
410,143 

53,158 
72,131 
72,980 
120,024 
(39,424) 
453,190 
453,190 

125,000 
229,255 
170,100 
75,000 
52,000 
771,355 
771,355 

20,414 
20,460 
26,336 
20,643 
20,223 
129,541 
221,046 

300,000 
139,167 
170,000 
165,000 
105,821 
105,821 
985,809 

- 
30,577 
48,923 
54,047 
- 
137,257 
137,257 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

1,199,688 

1,548,169 

120,000 

174,321 

21,465 

28,985 

3,710 

amounts reported in prior periods.  This results in certain positions displaying as negative values.   

(2) Includes accruals for annual leave and long service leave entitlements, and a sign-on bonus based on successful completion of probation 

period in lieu of forgone incentives from previous employer of $300,000 paid to A M Heraghty in 2016. 

(3) The reporting period of 3 July 2016 to 1 July 2017 is a period representing 52 weeks, compared to the comparative reporting period 28 June 2015 

to 2 July 2016 representing 53 weeks, which has resulted in a $0.1 million decrease in expense for the period. 

(4) R J Skippen retired effective 24 October 2016. 
(5) L K Inman commenced as Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee on 24 October 2016. 
(6) H L Mowlem commenced as KMP on 13 June 2017. 
(7) G G Carroll resigned effective 22 July 2016 and ceased as KMP on this date. 
(8) D J Eilert and L K Inman commenced as KMP on 21 October 2015. 

(a) 

Remuneration related to performance 

Both STI and LTI are awarded based on performance.  The achievement rates of both STI and LTI are detailed below, indicating 
the relative proportions paid and forfeited linked to each performance based remuneration. 

56 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4. 

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Short Term Incentives 

(i) 
STI is dependent on the satisfaction of performance conditions as set out in Section 4(b).  The 2017 STI cash bonus was awarded 
on 24 August 2017.  No part of the bonuses are payable in future years. 

As  noted  previously,  the  Committee  reviewed  the  performance  objectives  and  weightings  for  2017  to  ensure  continued 
alignment  with  the  Group’s  strategy.  During  the  transition,  the  reward  outcomes  for  2017  took  into  account  both  the  new 
arrangements and what would have been payable previously to ensure no disadvantage, and calculated the final outcome 
using the old scheme as a reference point. 

(ii) 
LTI is dependent on the satisfaction of performance conditions and service conditions as set out in Section 4(c). 

Long Term Incentives 

Table 11:   
Vesting Outcomes for LTI Performance Rights Granted for the 2013 to 2015 financial periods 

Grant Date 

August 2012 
August 2013 
August 2014 

Financial Results 
determining vesting 
June 2015 
June 2016 
June 2017 

EPS 3 Year  
CAGR 

5.2% 
1.7% 
7.7% 

Vested 

Forfeited 

ROC 
Averaged  

Vested 

Forfeited 

nil 
nil 
nil 

100% 
100% 
100% 

11.5% 
10.9% 
11.4% 

nil 
nil 
nil 

100% 
100% 
100% 

Performance  Rights  have  not  vested  for  the  last  three  years  due  to  the  EPS  and  ROC  performance  conditions  not  being 
achieved. 

Performance Rights over equity instruments of Super Retail Group Limited 
The  movement  during  the  reporting  period  in  the  number  of  performance  rights  over  ordinary  shares  in  the  Company  held 
directly or indirectly or beneficially, by each KMP, including their related parties is as per Table 12 below: 

Table 12: 

Held at  

2 July 2016  Granted(1) 

Vested 
Number 

Other 
Changes(2) 
Number 

Held at  
1 July 2017(3) 
Number 

Value of Performance 
Rights granted in year 
$ 

Financial year in 
which grant vests 
Year 

- 
- 
- 
- 

Number 

Number 

- 
- 
- 
30,685 

21,615 
32,017 
34,994 
- 

- 
32,017 
34,994 
30,685 

26,137 
37,519 
45,291 
- 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
245,173 

(21,615) 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
117,031 

- 
- 
100,000 
104,516 
117,031 

15,825 
110,000 
100,000 
104,516 
- 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
935,078 

(15,825) 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
(110,000) 
- 
- 
- 

2017, 2018, 2019 
2018, 2019, 2020 
2019, 2020, 2021 
2020, 2021, 2022 

 2017 
2017, 2018, 2019 
2018, 2019, 2020 
2019, 2020, 2021 
2020, 2021, 2022 

2017 
P A Birtles 
2012 
2014 
2015(4) 
2016 
2017 
D J Burns 
2014 
2015(4) 
2016 
2017 
E A Berchtold 
2014 
2015(4) 
2016 
2017 
C D Wilesmith 
2012 
2014 
2015(4) 
2016 
2017 
A M Heraghty 
2016 
2017 
G G Carroll 
2012 
2014 
2015(4) 
2016 
(1) Performance Rights provided as remuneration to each of the KMP of the Group during the financial year. 
(2) Other changes represent Performance Rights that lapsed or were forfeited during the financial year. 
(3) The maximum possible total financial value in future years is dependent on the Group share price at exercise date, the minimum possible total 

 2017 
2017, 2018, 2019 
2018, 2019, 2020 
2019, 2020, 2021 
2020, 2021, 2022 

2017, 2018, 2019 
2018, 2019, 2020 
2019, 2020, 2021 
2020, 2021, 2022 

 2017 
2017, 2018, 2019 
2018, 2019, 2020 
2019, 2020, 2021 

- 
(22,838) 
- 
- 
- 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
316,931 

(2,167) 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
35,859 
43,897 
39,666 

2,167 
22,838 
35,859 
43,897 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
39,666 

(26,137) 
- 
- 
- 

- 
(18,760) 
(26,681) 
(29,115) 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
324,026 

2019, 2020, 2021 
2020, 2021, 2022 

(4,872) 
- 
- 
- 

- 
37,519 
45,291 
40,554 

4,872 
18,760 
26,681 
29,115 

- 
- 
- 
40,554 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

n/a 
364,232 

52,258 
45,586 

52,258 
- 

- 
45,586 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

value is nil. 

(4) These performance rights will be forfeited in August 2017 due to performance conditions not being satisfied. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4. 

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

The Performance Rights granted in the current reporting period were valued using a fair value of $7.99. The Performance Rights 
are  expensed  over  a  five  year  period  in  line  with  the  vesting  conditions  of  the  Performance  Rights;  refer  to  Section  4(c),  for 
details of these vesting conditions.  Plan participants may not enter into any transaction designed to remove the at risk aspect 
of the Performance Rights before they vest. The value at exercise date for Performance Rights is the Group share price.  There 
are no amounts unpaid on the shares issued as a result of the exercise of the options in the 2017 financial year. 

Option over equity instruments of Super Retail Group Limited 
No Options were granted or vested during the financial year. 

Section 8: Remuneration Changes for 2018 

(a) 

Approach for 2018 

In  the  2018  year,  the  Human  Resources  and  Remuneration  Committee  will  continue  to  refine  all  elements  of  total  reward  to 
ensure they are aligned to the creation of short and long term shareholder value and that they are market competitive. 

(b) 

Total Reward Structure – Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 

The Board has reviewed the total reward structure for Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer to ensure that there 
is  an  appropriate  amount  ‘at  risk’  based  on  performance.      A  2%  pay  increase  will  apply  for  2018.    The  maximum  earning 
potential for STI has increased by 2% at the stretch level.  In determining the target level for STI, the Board determined the target 
would be $1.0 million. 

(c) 

Base Salary and Short Term Incentive Package 

This year, the comparator benchmarks show that overall executive KMP base salary and short term incentive packages for the 
2018 year will be in line with the market median with individual KMP base salary and short term incentive packages varying from 
108% to 111% of the respective market median. Overall executive KMP base salary packages will increase by 2.1% in the 2018 
year. 

(d) 

Long Term Incentive (LTI) – Performance Hurdle 

A review of the Long Term Incentive Plan will be undertaken by the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee during the 
next twelve months. This will ensure that key features of the plan, such as measures and targets, are balanced and appropriate, 
achieve  continuing  alignment  of  the  Group’s approach  to  remuneration with its  business  objectives,  and  remain  challenging 
and in line with financial forecasts.  

(e) 

Non-Executive Directors’ Fees 

Directors board fees (excluding committee fees) will increase by 2%. 

Section 9: Service Agreements 

Remuneration  and  other  terms  of  employment  for  executive  KMP  are  formalised  in  service  agreements.    Each  of  these 
agreements provide for the provision of performance related cash bonuses, other benefits and when eligible, participation in 
the Performance Rights Plans and Option Plans.  Restraint provisions are detailed in Section 10. 

All  contracts  with  executive  KMP  may  be  terminated  early  by  either  party  with  three  months  notice,  subject  to  termination 
payments as detailed in Table 13 below: 

Table 13: 

Name 

Term of Agreement 

Agreement 
Commencement Date(1) 

P A Birtles 

D J Burns 

Ongoing 

1 December 2016 

5 years, 10 months 

3 December 2012 

E A Berchtold 

Ongoing 

15 May 2017 

C D Wilesmith 

5 years, 3 months 

1 July 2013 

A M Heraghty 

4 years, 8 months 

27 April 2015 

Review 
Term(2) 

Annual 

Annual 

Annual 

Annual 

Annual 

Termination 
payment 

Commencement 
date with Super 
Retail Group 

12 months(3) 

30 April 2001 

6 months(4) 

3 December 2012 

6 months(4) 

5 November 2011 

6 months(4) 

18 September 2007 

6 months(3) 

27 April 2015 

(1) Commencement date of service agreement. 
(2) Reviewed annually by the Human Resource and Remuneration Committee. 
(3) Payment of a termination benefit on early termination by the Company, other than for cause, equal to the base salary for the period detailed. 
(4) Payment of a termination benefit on early termination by the Company, other than for cause, equal to the base salary for period detailed if the 
termination is effective more than 12 months before the expiry date, or three months base salary if the termination is effective within 12 months 
before the expiry date. 

58 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4. 

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Section 10: Period of Restraint 

The majority of the above executive KMP have the following post-employment restraints within their service contracts.   

After cessation of employment for any reason, for the period set out in Table 14 below, the employee must not compete with 
the  Company’s  relevant  speciality  retailing  businesses  (including  direct  or indirect involvement  as  a  principal,  agent,  partner, 
employee,  shareholder,  unit  holder,  director,  trustee,  beneficiary,  manager,  contractor,  adviser  or  financier),  without  first 
obtaining the consent of the Company in writing. 

Table 14: 
Ref: 

A 

B 

C 

D 

Post-employment Restraints 

Solicit or compete for the custom of or engage or be involved in any business with any person, firm 
or corporation who or which was a customer, supplier, or client of the Company at any time during 
the 12 months preceding the cessation of the employment with the Company and with whom the 
employee had contact with, or gained knowledge of, in the course of carrying out the employee’s 
duties for the Company; 

Engage or be involved in any capacity in any entity, firm or corporation which competes with the 
Company in connection with the said business; 

Interfere with, disrupt, attempt to disrupt the relationship, contractual or otherwise, between any 
member of the Group and any of the Group’s customers, suppliers, or potential customers or 
potential suppliers, with whom the employee had contact with, or gained knowledge of, at any 
time during the 12 month preceding the cessation of employment in the course of carrying out 
duties for the Company; or 

Period 

12 months 

9 months 

6 months 

Induce, encourage or solicit any person who is an employee, contractor or agent of any member 
of the Group, with whom the employee had contact with during the 12 months preceding the 
cessation of the employment in the course of carrying out duties for the Company, to terminate 
their employment or engagement with any member of the Group. 

3 months 

Section 11: Additional Information 

(a) 

Minimum Securities Holding Policy 

Commencing  from  the  2015  financial  year,  the  Board  introduced  a  minimum  shareholding  requirement  for  Non-Executive 
Directors  valued  at  a  minimum  of  100%  of  one  year’s  pre-tax  base  fees,  the  Group  Managing  Director  and  Chief  Executive 
Officer to be 150% of  one year’s pre-tax base salary, and for other executive KMP 100% of one year’s pre-tax base salary. This is 
to be achieved by the later of October 2020 or within five years from the commencement of employment.  This is to further align 
the interest of Non-Executive Directors and executive KMP with those of shareholders. 

The minimum number of securities to be held shall be reduced relative to the Performance Rights tested under the LTI Plan, over 
the  five  year  period.    The  adjusted  minimum  security  holding  requirement  shall  be  three-quarters  of  the  quantum  of  the 
Performance Rights attributable to the executive KMP.  The reduction in the minimum number of securities to be held under the 
minimum  securities  holding  policy  shall  have  the  effect  of  extending  the  timeframe  for  acquisition.    The  adjusted  minimum 
security holding requirement shall be increased each year by three-quarters of the required quantum until the minimum holding 
is achieved. 

(b) 

(i) 

Equity instruments held by KMP 

Shares provided on exercise of Performance Rights and Options 

Table 15 below lists the ordinary shares in the Company issued during the year as a result of the exercise of Performance Rights.  
There were no shares issued during the year ended 1 July 2017 on the exercise of Options. 

Table 15: 

Name(1) 

Incentive Scheme(2) 

P A Birtles 
D J Burns 
E A Berchtold 
C D Wilesmith 
A M Heraghty 
G G Carroll 
Total 

Performance Rights 
Performance Rights 
Performance Rights 
Performance Rights 
n/a 
Performance Rights 

Number of Ordinary Shares Issued on 
Exercise of Share Plans During the Year(3) 
15,825 
- 
- 
2,167 
n/a 
4,872 
22,864 

Market Value at Exercise 
Date(4) 

162,523 
- 
- 
22,255 
n/a 
50,035 
234,813 

(1) A M Heraghty was not an employee of the Company at the time of the grant of performance rights detailed above and was therefore not 

eligible to participate in these incentive schemes.   

(2) Refer to Section 4(c) - Long Term Incentives. 
(3) The 2012 grant was exercised on 1 September 2016, with the 2013 and 2014 grants lapsing due to hurdles not being met. 
(4) The value at exercise date for Performance Rights was determined using the Group share price of $10.27. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4. 

(ii) 

Remuneration Report – Audited (continued) 

Movement in shares 

The movement during the year in the number of ordinary shares in the Company held directly or indirectly or beneficially, by 
each KMP, including their related parties is as per Table 16 below: 

Table 16: 

2017 

Non-Executive 
Directors: 
R J Wright 
R A Rowe 
S A Pitkin 
D J Eilert 
L K Inman 
H L Mowlem 

Executive Director: 
P A Birtles 

Other KMP: 
D J Burns 
E A Berchtold 
C D Wilesmith 
A M Heraghty 
G G Carroll 

Held at 
2 July 2016 

Granted(1) 

Purchases 

In lieu of 
dividends(2) 

Sales 

Held at  
1 July 2017 

107,001 
59,876,285 
26,453 
- 
5,241 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
4,500 
- 
- 

- 
547,132 
- 
- 
- 
- 

(38,000) 
(510,750) 
- 
- 
- 
- 

69,001 
59,912,667 
26,453 
4,500 
5,241 
- 

1,392,596 

15,825 

- 

- 
- 
1,286 
- 
60,000 

- 
- 
2,167 
- 
4,872 

1,000 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
97 
- 
- 

- 

1,408,421 

- 
- 
- 
- 
(44,872) 

1,000 
- 
3,550 
- 
20,000 

(1) Granted on exercise of performance rights awarded under the Group’s Performance Rights and Options plans.  
(2) Shareholders are eligible to receive dividends in cash or choose to participate in the dividend reinvestment plan. 

(iii) 

Unissued shares under Performance Rights and Options plans 

Unissued ordinary shares of Super Retail Group Limited under the Performance Rights Plan at the date of this report are set out in 
Table 17 below: 

Table 17: 

Grant date 

Vesting Date 

1 September 2012 

1 September 2013 

1 September 2014 

1 September 2015 

1 September 2016 
Total 

(1) 

(1) 

(1) 

(1) 

(1) 

Value per Performance 
Right at Grant Date 
$7.95 

$10.83 

$6.03 

$8.17 

$7.99 

Number of Performance 
Rights 

- 

- 

- 

526,500 

551,775 
1,078,275 

(1)  Performance  Rights  vest  progressively  three  to  five  years  after  grant  date  and  have  no  expiry  date.  Refer  to  Section  4(c),  for  details  of  these 

vesting conditions. 

Plan participants may not enter into any transaction designed to remove the ‘at risk’ aspect of Performance Rights.  As at the 
date of this report there are no remaining unissued ordinary shares of Super Retail Group Limited under Option. 

(c) 

Loans to KMP and their Related Parties 

There are no loans to KMP and their related parties as at 1 July 2017 and no loans were made during the financial year. 

(d) 

Other Transactions with KMP 

KMP  may  hold  positions  in  other  companies  that  transacted  with  the  Group  in  the  reporting  period.    Refer  to  note  22  to  the 
consolidated financial statements, Related Party Transactions, for further details. 

(e) 

Insurance of Officers 

During the financial year, the Group paid a premium of $118,597 (2016: $91,839)  to insure the Officers of the Group including 
Directors and Secretaries of the Company and its controlled entities, and the General Managers of each of the divisions of the 
Group. 

The liabilities insured are legal costs that may be incurred in defending civil or criminal proceedings that may be brought against 
the officers in their capacity as Officers of entities in the Group, and any other payments arising from liabilities incurred by the 
Officers in connection with such proceedings, other than where such liabilities arise out of conduct involving a wilful breach of 
duty by the officers or the improper use by the officers of their position or of information to gain advantage for themselves or 
someone else or to cause detriment to the Group.  It is not possible to apportion the premium between amounts relating to the 
insurance against legal costs and those relating to other liabilities. 

60 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

5. 

Non-Audit Services 

The Company may decide to employ the auditor on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties where the auditor’s 
expertise and experience with the Company and/or the Group are important. 

The  Board  of  Directors  has  considered  the  position  and,  in  accordance  with  the  advice  received  from  the  Audit  and  Risk 
Committee, is satisfied that the provision of the non-audit services is compatible with the general standard of independence for 
auditors  imposed  by  the  Corporations  Act  2001.    The  Directors  are  satisfied  that  the  provision  of  non-audit  services  by  the 
auditor,  as  set  out  below,  did  not  compromise  the  auditor  independence  requirements  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001  for  the 
following reasons: 

•  all non-audit services have been reviewed by the Audit and Risk Committee to ensure they do not impact the impartiality 

and objectivity of the auditor; 

•  none  of  the  services  undermine  the  general  principles  relating  to  auditor  independence  as  set  out  in  APES  110  Code  of 
Ethics for Professional Accountants, including reviewing or auditing  the auditor’s own work, acting in a management or a 
decision-making  capacity  for  the  Company,  acting  as  advocate  for  the  Company  or  jointly  sharing  economic  risk  and 
rewards. 

During the period the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor PricewaterhouseCoopers of the 
parent entity and its network firms for audit and non-audit services provided during the year is set out below: 

Audit Services 
PricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm: 
     Remuneration for audit and review services 
     Audit of subsidiaries(1) 
     Other assurance(2) 
Total remuneration for audit and review services 

Taxation and Other Services 
PricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm: 
     Taxation Services(3) 
     Digital Innovation Support(4) 
     Business review of subsidiary 
Network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia: 
     Taxation Services 
Total remuneration for non-audit services 

(1) Audit and review of subsidiaries included in Group audit and review of financial statements in 2017. 
(2) Increase due to Risk Appetite design services performed in 2017. 
(3) Decrease due to indirect taxes review conducted in 2016. 
(4) Engagement in relation to digital capability analysis and support awarded under a competitive tender. 

2017 
$ 

2016 
$ 

492,100 
- 
191,700 
683,800 

113,368 
- 
50,000 

66,803 
230,171 

423,700 
88,230 
53,500 
565,430 

215,834 
340,290 
- 

33,845 
589,969 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

6. 

Corporate Governance Statement 

The Group’s Corporate Governance Statement sets out the corporate governance framework adopted by the Board of Super 
Retail Group Limited. This statement is publically available on the Super Retail Group external website: 
http://www.superretailgroup.com 

7. 

Proceedings on behalf of the Company 

No proceedings have been brought or intervened in on behalf of the Company with leave of the Court under section 237 of 
the Corporations Act 2001. 

8. 

Auditors Independence Declaration 

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out on 
page 63. 

9. 

Rounding of amounts 

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191, issued 
by  the  Australian  Securities  and  Investments  Commission,  relating  to  the  ‘rounding  off’  of  amounts  in  the  Directors’  Report.  
Amounts in the Directors’ Report have been rounded off in accordance with that instrument to the nearest hundred thousand 
dollars or in certain cases to the nearest dollar. 

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors. 

R J Wright 
Chair 

Brisbane 
24 August 2017 

P A Birtles 
Group Managing Director and  
Chief Executive Officer 

62 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor’s Independence Declaration

As lead auditor for the audit of Super Retail Group Limited for the year ended 1 July 2017, I declare
that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been:

(a)

no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in
relation to the audit; and

(b)

no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

This declaration is in respect of Super Retail Group Limited and the entities it controlled during the
period.

Kim Challenor
Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers

Brisbane
24 August 2017

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
480 Queen Street, BRISBANE QLD 4000, GPO Box 150, BRISBANE QLD 4001
T: +61 7 3257 5000, F: +61 7 3257 5999, www.pwc.com.au

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 63

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

CONTINUING OPERATIONS 
Revenue from continuing operations 

Other income from continuing operations 

Total revenues and other income 

Expenses 

Cost of sales of goods 

Other expenses from ordinary activities 

  - selling and distribution 

  - marketing 

  - occupancy 

  - administration 

Net finance costs  

Total expenses 

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the period 

Profit for the period is attributable to: 

Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 

Non-controlling interests 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss 

Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Total comprehensive income for the period is attributable to: 

Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 

Non-controlling interests 

Earnings per share for profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders 
of the Company: 

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

Notes 

5 

2017 
$m 

2,465.8 

1.4 

2,467.2 

2016 
$m 

2,422.2 

1.6 

2,423.8 

(1,364.8) 

(1,372.4) 

(322.7) 

(83.8) 

(194.8) 

(343.5) 

(16.9) 

(313.5) 

(86.8) 

(215.9) 

(328.0) 

(19.4) 

(2,326.5) 

(2,336.0) 

140.7 

(40.2) 

100.5 

101.8 

(1.3) 

100.5 

3.4 

(0.5) 

2.9 

103.4 

104.7 

(1.3) 

103.4 

51.6 

51.3 

87.8 

(29.8) 

58.0 

62.8 

(4.8) 

58.0 

(7.5) 

0.4 

(7.1) 

50.9 

55.7 

(4.8) 

50.9 

31.8 

31.6 

6 

13 

18 

18 

16 

16 

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.  

64 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 
As at 1 July 2017 

ASSETS 

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Inventories 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Intangible assets 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Current tax liabilities 

Provisions 

Derivative financial instruments 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Provisions 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

NET ASSETS 

EQUITY 

Contributed equity 

Reserves 

Retained earnings 

Notes 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

11 

12 

13 

14 

17 

18 

18 

Capital and reserves attributable to owners of Super Retail Group Limited 

Non-controlling interests 

TOTAL EQUITY 

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

2017 
$m 

19.9 

42.6 

481.5 

544.0 

264.5 

750.1 

1,014.6 

1,558.6 

253.7 

2.6 

1.5 

62.3 

3.1 

323.2 

44.2 

398.0 

17.1 

21.5 

480.8 

804.0 

754.6 

542.3 

3.5 

210.7 

756.5 

(1.9) 

754.6 

2016 
$m 

15.6 

42.7 

501.9 

560.2 

236.9 

772.4 

1,009.3 

1,569.5 

251.1 

5.7 

6.3 

58.7 

8.0 

329.8 

41.7 

410.1 

24.7 

29.2 

505.7 

835.5 

734.0 

542.3 

(0.9) 

193.7 

735.1 

(1.1) 

734.0 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

  Contributed  
Equity 

Reserves  Retained 
Earnings 

Total 

Notes 

$m 

$m 

$m 

$m 

Non-
Controlling 
Interests 
$m 

Total 
Equity 

$m 

Balance at 27 June 2015  

542.3 

13.2 

212.8 

768.3 

(3.0) 

765.3 

Profit for the period 

Other comprehensive loss for the period 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Transactions with owners in  
their capacity as owners 
Dividends provided for or paid 

Employee performance rights 

21 

18 

Change in ownership interest in controlled entities  23 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Balance at 2 July 2016  

542.3 

Profit for the period 

Other comprehensive loss for the period 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Transactions with owners in  
their capacity as owners 
Dividends provided for or paid 

Employee performance rights 

21 

18 

Change in ownership interest in controlled entities  23 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Balance at 1 July 2017 

542.3 

- 

(7.1) 

(7.1) 

- 

0.7 

(7.7) 

(7.0) 

(0.9) 

- 

2.9 

2.9 

- 

2.0 

(0.5) 

1.5 

3.5 

62.8 

- 

62.8 

62.8 

(7.1) 

55.7 

(81.9) 

(81.9) 

- 

- 

(81.9) 

193.7 

101.8 

- 

101.8 

0.7 

(7.7) 

(88.9) 

735.1 

101.8 

2.9 

104.7 

(4.8) 

- 

(4.8) 

- 

- 

6.7 

6.7 

(1.1) 

58.0 

(7.1) 

50.9 

(81.9) 

0.7 

(1.0) 

(82.2) 

734.0 

(1.3) 

100.5 

- 

2.9 

(1.3) 

103.4 

(84.8) 

(84.8) 

- 

- 

(84.8) 

210.7 

2.0 

(0.5) 

(83.3) 

756.5 

- 

- 

0.5 

0.5 

(1.9) 

(84.8) 

2.0 

- 

(82.8) 

754.6 

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

66 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Receipts from customers (inclusive of goods and services tax) 

Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of goods and services tax) 

2,733.7 

(2,203.1) 

2,678.4 

(2,216.3) 

Notes 

2017 

$m 

2016 

$m 

Rental payments 

  - external 

  - related parties 

Income taxes paid 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

19 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Payments for property, plant and equipment and computer software 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 

Net cash (outflow) from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Proceeds from borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings 

Finance lease payments 

Interest paid 

Interest received 

Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders 

Net cash (outflow) from financing activities 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period 

21 

(231.0) 

(11.4) 

(53.7) 

234.5 

(102.1) 

0.9 

(101.2) 

930.0 

(955.0) 

(0.9) 

(18.4) 

0.1 

(84.8) 

(129.0) 

4.3 

15.6 

- 

19.9 

(247.2) 

(11.9) 

(43.8) 

159.2 

(79.9) 

- 

(79.9) 

917.0 

(892.0) 

(1.7) 

(18.5) 

0.1 

(81.9) 

(77.0) 

2.3 

13.1 

0.2 

15.6 

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Segment information 
Revenue and other income from continuing operations 
Expenses from continuing operations 

Reporting entity 
Summary of significant accounting policies 
Critical accounting estimates and judgements 

Basis of Preparation 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Group Performance 
4. 
5. 
6. 
Assets and Liabilities 
Trade and other receivables 
7. 
Inventories 
8. 
Property, plant and equipment 
9. 
Intangible assets 
10. 
Trade and other payables 
11. 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
12. 
Income taxes 
13. 
Provisions 
14. 
15. 
Financial assets and financial liabilities 
Capital Structure, Financing and Risk Management 
16. 
Earnings per share 
17.  Contributed equity 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21.  Capital management 
Group Structure 
22. 
23. 
24.  Deed of cross guarantee 
25. 
26. 
Other 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30.  Contingencies 
31.  Commitments 
32.  Net tangible asset backing 
33. 

Key management personnel disclosures 
Share-based payments 
Remuneration of auditors 

Parent entity financial information 
Investments in controlled entities 

Related party transactions 
Business combinations 

Events occurring after balance date 

Reserves and retained earnings 
Reconciliation of profit from ordinary activities after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities 
Financial risk management 

69 
69 
69 
72 
73 
73 
75 
76 
77 
77 
78 
78 
80 
83 
84 
84 
89 
91 
94 
94 
95 
96 
97 
98 
104 
105 
105 
106 
107 
109 
110 
111 
111 
111 
113 
113 
114 
114 
114 

68 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

1. 

Reporting entity 

Super Retail Group Limited (the Company) is a company domiciled in Australia.  The address of the Company’s registered 
office and principal place of business is 751 Gympie Road, Lawnton, Queensland. 

The consolidated annual financial report of the Company as at and for the period ended 1 July 2017 comprises: the 
Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group, and individually as Group entities). 

The Group is a for-profit entity and is primarily involved in the retail industry.  Principal activities of the Group consist of: 
• 
• 
• 

retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
retailing of sporting equipment, bicycles, bicycle accessories and apparel. 

2. 

Summary of significant accounting policies 

This section sets out the principal accounting policies upon which the Group’s consolidated financial statements are prepared 
as  a  whole.    Specific  accounting  policies  are  described  in  their  respective  Notes  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  
These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. 

(a) 

Basis of preparation 

Statement of compliance 
This  general  purpose  financial  report  has  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  Australian  Accounting  Standards,  other 
authoritative  pronouncements  of  the  Australian  Accounting  Standards  Board,  Urgent  Issues  Group  Interpretations  and  the 
Corporations Act 2001.  

The  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes  of  Super  Retail  Group  Limited  comply  with  International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.   

Basis of measurement 
These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, unless otherwise stated. 

(b) 

Principles of consolidation 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  incorporate  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  all  entities  controlled  by  Super  Retail  Group 
Limited (the Company or parent entity) as at 1 July 2017 and the results of its controlled entities for the period then ended.  The 
effects of all transactions between entities in the consolidated entity are fully eliminated.   

Transactions eliminated on consolidation 

(i) 
Intra-group  balances  and  transactions,  and  any  unrealised  income  and  expenses  arising  from  intra-group  transactions,  are 
eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised 
gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. 

Subsidiaries 

(ii) 
Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control.  The Group controls an entity when 
the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity.  Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control 
is  transferred  to  the  Group.    These  are  deconsolidated  from  the  date  that  control  ceases.    The  acquisition  method  of 
accounting is used to account for business combinations by the Group (refer note 23 - Business combinations).  

Intercompany  transactions,  balances  and  unrealised  gains  on  transactions  between  Group  companies  are  eliminated.  
Unrealised  losses  are  also  eliminated  unless  the  transaction  provides  evidence  of  an  impairment  of  the  transferred  asset.  
Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by 
the Group. 

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated income statement, 
statement of comprehensive income, balance sheet and statement of changes in equity respectively. 

Business combinations 

(iii) 
The  acquisition  method  of  accounting  is  used  to  account  for  all  business  combinations,  regardless  of  whether  equity 
instruments  or  other  assets  are  acquired.    The  consideration  transferred  for  the  acquisition  of  a  subsidiary  comprises  the  fair 
value  of  the  assets  transferred,  the  liabilities  incurred  and  the  equity  interests  issued  by  the  Group.    The  consideration 
transferred  also  includes  the  fair  value  of  any  contingent  consideration  arrangement  and  the  fair  value  of  any  pre-existing 
equity interest in the subsidiary.  Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.  Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities 
and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values 
as  at  the  acquisition  date.    On  an  acquisition-by-acquisition  basis,  the  Group  recognises  any  non-controlling  interest  in  the 
acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net identifiable assets. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

2. 

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

(b) 

Principles of consolidation (continued) 

Business combinations (continued) 

(iii) 
The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-
date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable 
assets  acquired  is  recorded  as  goodwill.    If  those  amounts  are  less  than  the  fair  value  of  the  net  identifiable  assets  of  the 
subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has been reviewed, the difference is recognised directly in profit or 
loss as a bargain purchase. 

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their 
present value as at the date of exchange.  The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate 
at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions. 

Contingent  consideration  is  classified  either  as  equity  or  a  financial  liability.    Amounts  classified  as  a  financial  liability  are 
subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.  

Joint arrangements 

(iv) 
Under AASB 11 Joint Arrangements, investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint ventures.  
The classification depends on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor, rather than the legal structure of the 
joint arrangement. 

Interests in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method (see (v) below), after initially being recognised at cost in 
the consolidated balance sheet. 

Equity method 

(v) 
Under the equity method of accounting, the investments are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise 
the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the investee in profit or loss, and the Group’s share of movements 
in  other  comprehensive  income  of  the  investee  in  other  comprehensive  income.    Dividends  received  or  receivable  from 
associates and joint ventures are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount of the investment. 

When the Group’s share of losses in an equity-accounted investment equals or exceeds its interest in the entity, including any 
other  unsecured  long-term  receivables,  the  Group  does  not  recognise  further  losses,  unless  it  has  incurred  obligations  or 
made payments on behalf of the other entity. 

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the 
Group’s  interest  in  these  entities.    Unrealised  losses  are  also  eliminated  unless  the  transaction  provides  evidence  of  an 
impairment  of  the  asset  transferred.    Accounting  policies  of  equity  accounted  investees  have  been  changed  where 
necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. 

The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in a loss of control as transactions with equity 
owners  of  the  Group.    A  change  in  ownership  interest  results  in  an  adjustment  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  the 
controlling  and  non-controlling  interests  to  reflect  their  relative  interests  in  the  subsidiary.    Any  difference  between  the 
amount  of  the adjustment  to  non-controlling interests  and  any  consideration paid  or  received is  recognised in  a  separate 
reserve within equity attributable to the owners of Super Retail Group Limited.  

Comparatives 

(vi) 
Where  applicable,  various  comparative  balances  have  been  reclassified  to  align with  current  period  presentation.    These 
amendments have no material impact on the consolidated financial statements. 

(c) 

Foreign currency translation 

Functional and presentation currency 

(i) 
Items included in  the  financial statements  of each  of  the  Group’s entities are  measured  using  the  currency  of  the primary 
economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’).  The consolidated financial statements are 
presented in Australian dollars, which is Super Retail Group Limited’s functional and presentation currency. 

Transactions and balances 

(ii) 
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of 
the  transactions.    Foreign  exchange  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  the  settlement  of  such  transactions  and  from  the 
translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised 
in  the  income  statement,  except  when  deferred  in  equity  as  qualifying  cash  flow  hedges  and  qualifying  net  investment 
hedges. 

Translation differences on non-monetary items such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss, are reported as part of 
the  fair  value  gain  or  loss.    Translation  differences  on  non-monetary  items,  such  as  equities  classified  as  available-for-sale 
financial assets, are included in the fair value reserve in equity. 

Group companies 

(iii) 
The results and financial position of all the Group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) 
that  have  a  functional  currency  different  from  the  presentation  currency  are  translated  into  the  presentation  currency  as 
follows: 

70 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

2. 

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

(c) 

Foreign currency translation (continued) 

(iii) 
•  assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of 

Group companies (continued) 

• 

that statement of financial position; 
income  and  expenses  for  each  income  statement  are  translated  at  average  exchange  rates  (unless  this  is  not  a 
reasonable  approximation  of  the  cumulative  effect  of  the  rates  prevailing  on  the  transaction  dates,  in  which  case 
income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and  

•  all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of equity. 

(d) 

Goods and Services Tax 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax, except where the amount of 
goods and services tax incurred is not recoverable.  In these circumstances the goods and services tax is recognised as part 
of  the  cost  of  acquisition  of  the  asset  or  as  part  of  the  item  of  expense.  Receivables  and  payables  in  the  consolidated 
statement of financial position are shown inclusive of goods and services tax. 

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis.  The GST components of cash flows arising from investing or financing activities 
which are recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority, are presented as operating cash flow. 

(e) 

Rounding of amounts 

The  economic  entity  is  of  a  kind  referred  to  in  ASIC  Corporations  (Rounding  in  Financial/Directors’  Reports)  Instrument 
2016/191,  issued  by  the  Australian  Securities  and  Investments  Commission,  relating  to  the  ‘rounding  off’  of  amounts  in  the 
financial report.  Amounts in the financial report have been rounded off in accordance with that instrument to the nearest 
hundred thousand dollars. 

(f) 

Financial year 

As  allowed under  Section  323D(2)  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001,  the  Directors have determined  the financial year  to be  a 
fixed period of 52 calendar or 53 calendar weeks.  For the period to 1 July 2017, the Group is reporting on the 52 week period 
that began 3 July 2016 and ended 1 July 2017.  For the period to 2 July 2016, the Group is reporting on the 53 week period 
that began 28 June 2015 and ended 2 July 2016. 

(g) 

New and amended standards adopted by the Group 

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory to the current reporting 
period and have not been early adopted by the Group as follows: 

Effective Date 
Applicable to 
the Group 

1 July 2018 

1 July 2018 

New 
Accounting 
Standard 

AASB 9 
Financial 
Instruments 

IFRS 15 
Revenue from 
Contracts with 
Customers 

IFRS 16 Leases 

1 July 2019 

Summary of Changes 

Group Impact 

Addresses the classification, measurement 
and de-recognition of financial assets and 
financial liabilities and new rules for hedge 
accounting. 

Establishes the reporting principles relating to 
the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty 
of revenue and cash flows arising from a 
contract with a customer. 

Introduces a single lessee accounting model 
requiring a lessee to recognise assets and 
liabilities for all leases with a term of more 
than 12 months where they are not 
considered of low value.  A right-of-use asset 
will be recognised representing the right to 
use the underlying leased asset and a lease 
liability representing the obligations to make 
lease payments.  As a consequence, a 
lessee recognises depreciation of the right-
of-use asset and interest on the lease 
liability. 

There are no significant impacts on its 
consolidated financial statements resulting 
from the application of AASB 9. 

There are no significant impacts on its 
consolidated financial statements resulting 
from the application of IFRS 15. 

This standard will materially impact the 
Group’s consolidated financial statements 
at transition and in future years, as the 
Group’s operating leases (primarily in 
relation to store, distribution centre and 
office leases) are recognised on balance 
sheet.  Rental expense currently recognised 
in the statement of financial performance 
will be replaced with depreciation and 
interest.  Initial assessment activities have 
been undertaken on the Group’s current 
leases, however the impact of the standard 
will depend on the leases in place on 
transition.  Detailed review of contracts, 
financial reporting impacts and system 
requirements will continue. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

2. 

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

(g) 

New and amended standards adopted by the Group (continued) 

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that are expected to have a material impact on the entity in the 
current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions. 

3. 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements 

Estimates  and  judgements  are  continually  evaluated  and  are  based  on  historical  experience  and  other  factors,  including 
expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the entity and that are believed to be reasonable under 
the circumstances. 

(a) 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

The  Group  makes  estimates  and  assumptions  concerning  the  future.    The  resulting  accounting  estimates will, by  definition, 
seldom  equal  the  related  actual  results.    The  estimates  and  assumptions  that  have  a  significant  risk  of  causing  a  material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are included in the following Notes 
to the consolidated financial statements:  
• 
• 
• 
• 

Note 8 – Inventories; 
Note 9 – Property, plant and equipment; 
Note 10 – Intangible assets; and 
Note 14 – Provisions. 

72 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

4. 

(a) 

Segment information 

Description of segments 

Management has determined the operating segments based on the reports reviewed by the Group Managing Director and 
Chief Executive Officer that are used to make strategic decisions. No operating segments have been aggregated to form 
the below reportable operating segments. This results in the following business segments: 
Auto:  retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
Leisure: retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
Sports: retailing of sporting equipment, bicycles, bicycle accessories and apparel. 

(b) 

Segment information provided to the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 

Detailed  below  is  the  information  provided  to  the  Group  Managing  Director  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  for  reportable 
segments. Items  not included in  Normalised  Net  Profit  After  Tax  (Normalised NPAT)  are  one-off  charges  relating  to  business 
restructuring, non-continuing operations and impairment of intangible assets. 

For the period ended 1 July 2017 

Auto 
$m 

Leisure 
$m 

Sports 
$m 

Total 
continuing 
operations  
$m 

Inter-segment 
eliminations/ 
unallocated 
$m 

Consolidated 
$m 

956.1 
139.4 

955.9 
- 
0.2 

Segment Revenue and Other Income 
External segment revenue(1) 
Inter segment sales 
Other income 
Total segment revenue and other 
income 
Segment EBITDA(2) 
Segment depreciation and 
amortisation(3) 
Segment EBIT result  
Net finance costs(4) 
Total segment NPBT 
Segment income tax expense(5) 
Normalised NPAT 
Other items not included in the total segment NPAT(6) 
Profit for the period attributable to:  
     Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 
     Non-controlling interests 

(28.4) 
111.0 

Profit for the period  

553.5 
- 
0.3 

553.8 
43.1 

(17.7) 
25.4 

949.2 
- 
0.5 

949.7 
115.1 

(23.8) 
91.3 

2,458.6 
- 
1.0 

2,459.6 
297.6 

(69.9) 
227.7 

7.9 
(0.7) 
0.4 

7.6 
(19.6) 

(0.8) 
(20.4) 

2,466.5 
(0.7) 
1.4 

2,467.2 
278.0 

(70.7) 
207.3 
(16.8) 
190.5 
(54.7) 
135.8 
(34.0) 

101.8 
(1.3) 

100.5 

(1) Includes non-controlling interest (NCI) revenue of $1.5 million. 
(2) Adjusted for NCI operating result of $1.8 million, business restructuring costs of $3.5 million and $37.3 million impairment charge for the Amart 

Sports and Goldcross Cycles brand names, refer note 10 – Intangible assets. 

(3) Adjusted for NCI depreciation of $0.1 million, $7.7 million provision for asset impairment relating to business restructuring and $37.3 million of 

brand name impairment. 

(4) Adjusted for NCI interest of $0.1 million. 
(5) Segment income tax expense of  $54.7  million excludes $14.5  million  relating to the tax effect of business restructuring costs with a value of 

$48.5 million. 

(6) Includes $48.5 million of business restructuring costs and the related income tax effect of $14.5 million. 

Business restructuring - Sports 
The Group has been undertaking a review of the strategy for its Sports Division recognising that the dynamics of the sports 
retail market are set to evolve in the next few years.  As such the Group has concluded that the optimal strategy to sustain its 
position  as  the  market  leader  in  sports  retailing  will  be  to  focus  on  building  one  retail  brand.    Therefore  the  Group  will 
commence  a  program  of  converting  all  Amart  Sports  stores  to  Rebel with  a  target  of  presenting  one  brand  to  market  by 
November  2017.    As  a  result  there  have  been  $48.5  million  of  before  tax  business  restructuring  costs  associated  with  the 
rebranding,  comprising  $37.3  million  of  brand name impairment,  $7.7  million  of  Property,  plant  and  equipment impairment 
and $3.5 million of other restructuring costs. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

4. 

(b) 

Segment information (continued) 

Segment information provided to the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer (continued) 

For the period ended 2 July 2016 

Auto 
$m 

Leisure 
$m 

Sports 
$m 

Total 
continuing 
operations  
$m 

Inter-segment 
eliminations/ 
unallocated 
$m 

Consolidated 
$m 

922.8 
133.2 

922.8 
- 
- 

Segment Revenue and Other Income 
External segment revenue(1) 
Inter segment sales 
Other income 
Total segment revenue and other 
income 
Segment EBITDA(2) 
Segment depreciation and 
amortisation(3) 
Segment EBIT result  
Net finance costs 
Total segment NPBT 
Segment income tax expense(4) 
Normalised NPAT 
Other items not included in the total segment NPAT(5) 
Profit for the period attributable to:  
     Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 
     Non-controlling interests 

(28.6) 
104.6 

Profit for the period  

581.9 
- 
- 

581.9 
37.5 

(18.9)
18.6 

910.2 
- 
0.9 

911.1 
100.3 

(22.5)
77.8 

2,414.9 
- 
0.9 

2,415.8 
271.0 

(70.0)
201.0 

7.9 
(0.6)
0.7 

8.0 
(25.3)

(0.4)
(25.7)

2,422.8 
(0.6)
1.6 

2,423.8 
245.7 

(70.4)
175.3 
(19.4)
155.9 
(47.3)
108.6 
(45.8)

62.8 
(4.8)

58.0 

(1) Includes non-controlling interest (NCI) revenue of $7.4 million. 
(2) Adjusted for business restructuring costs of $43.3 million and the $20.0 million impairment charge for the Ray’s Outdoors brand, refer to note 

10 – Intangible assets. 

(3) Adjusted for NCI depreciation of $0.9 million and $14.9 million provision for depreciation relating to business restructuring. 
(4) Excludes $17.5 million relating to the tax effect of business restructuring costs with a value of $63.3 million. 
(5)  Includes  $63.3  million  of  business  restructuring  costs  (including  $20.0  million  impairment)  and  the  associated  income  tax  benefit  of  $17.5 

million. 

Business restructuring - 2016 
During  the  period  ended  2  July  2016,  the  Group  continued  its  strategic  review  of  Ray’s  Outdoors  and  also  reviewed  the 
Infinite Retail business.   

Leisure - Ray’s Outdoors 
In May 2016, a decision was made to reduce the Ray’s network from 55 stores as at December 2015 to 17 stores.  Twenty-one 
stores closed as a result of this decision and 17 stores have or will convert to other Super Retail Group Limited brands.  As a 
result  there  have  been  $38.3  million  of  business  restructuring  costs  associated with  the  closures,  comprising  $18.7  million  of 
property costs, $13.3 million of Property, plant and equipment write-offs, and $6.3 million of other closures costs.  In December 
2015, the Directors resolved to impair the $20.0 million Ray’s Outdoors brand name based on the underperformance of the 
older Rays stores during the period and after reviewing their suitability for the Rays new format. 

Sports – Infinite Retail 
A business review identified the need to renegotiate or exit structurally unprofitable contracts with major sporting bodies or 
clubs and to integrate the operations into Rebel.  Super Retail Group Limited has recognised business restructuring costs of 
$5.0  million  comprising  $3.1  million  provision  for  onerous  contracts,  $1.7  million  of  Property,  plant  and  equipment  and 
Computer software write-offs, and $0.2 million other costs. 

(c) 

Other information 

Revenue  is  attributable  to  the  country  where  the  sale  of  goods  has  transacted.    The  consolidated  entity’s  divisions  are 
operated in two main geographical areas with the following areas of operation: 

Australia (the home country of the parent entity) 
Auto:  retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
Leisure: retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
Sports: retailing of sporting equipment, bicycles, bicycle accessories and apparel. 

New Zealand 
Auto:  retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment. 

74 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

4. 

(c) 

(i) 

Segment information (continued) 

Other information (continued) 

Total revenue and other income from continuing operations 

Australia 

New Zealand 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2017 

$m 

2,354.8 

112.4 

2,467.2 

2016 

$m 

2,320.3 

103.5 

2,423.8 

Segment reporting 
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting  provided to the  Group Managing Director 
and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  who  is  responsible  for  allocating  resources  and  assessing  performance  of  the  operating  segments.  
Unallocated  items  comprise  mainly  of  corporate  assets  (primarily  the  Support  Office,  Support  Office  expenses,  and  income  tax 
assets and liabilities). 

5. 

Revenue and other income from continuing operations 

Revenue from the sale of goods 

Other income 

Insurance claims 

Commission 

Sundry 

2017 

$m 
2,465.8 

0.6 

0.1 

0.7 

2016 

$m 
2,422.2 

- 

0.5 

1.1 

Total revenues and other income 

2,467.2 

2,423.8 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Revenue  is  measured  at  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  received  or  receivable.    Amounts  disclosed  as  revenue  are  net  of 
returns,  trade  allowances,  duties  and  taxes  paid.    The  Group  recognises  revenue  when  the  amount  of  revenue  can  be  reliably 
measured, it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity and specific criteria have been met for each of the 
Group’s activities as described below.  The Group bases its estimates on historical results, taking into consideration the type of 
customer, the type of transaction and the specifics of each arrangement. 

Revenue is recognised for the major business activities as follows: 

Sale of goods – retail 
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when a Group entity sells a product to the customer pursuant to sales orders and 
when the associated risk and rewards have passed to the customer.  Retail sales are usually by credit card or in cash. 

Interest income 
Interest income is recognised using the effective interest method.  When a receivable is impaired, the Group reduces the carrying 
amount to its recoverable amount, being the estimated future cash flow discounted at the original effective interest rate of the 
instrument.  Interest income on impaired loans is recognised using the original effective interest rate. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

6. 

Expenses from continuing operations 

Profit before income tax includes the following specific gains and expenses: 

Expenses 

Net (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Depreciation 

Plant and equipment 

Motor vehicles 

Computer equipment 

Total depreciation(1) 

2017 

$m 

(0.6) 

39.7 

0.1 

12.4 

52.2 

2016 

$m 

- 

56.2 

0.3 

10.4 

66.9 

(1)   Included in depreciation expense for 2016 is $14.9 million related to accelerated depreciation on fixed assets for Ray’s Outdoors and 

Infinite Retail in respect of business restructuring activities.  Refer Note 4 – Segment Information. 

Amortisation and Impairment 

Computer software 

Brand name amortisation 

Brand name impairment 

Plant and equipment impairment 

Total amortisation and impairment 

Net finance costs 

Interest and finance charges 

Interest revenue 

Net finance costs  

Employee benefits expense 

Superannuation 

Salaries and wages 

Total employee benefits expense 

Rental expense relating to operating leases 

Lease expenses 

Equipment hire 

Total rental expense relating to operating leases 

Foreign exchange gains and losses 

Net foreign exchange (gain) 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment 
Refer to notes 9 and 10 for details on depreciation, amortisation and impairment. 

18.4 

0.2 

37.3 

7.7 

63.6 

17.0 

(0.1) 

16.9 

35.0 

449.2 

484.2 

211.8 

5.1 

216.9 

19.2 

0.1 

20.0 

- 

39.3 

19.5 

(0.1) 

19.4 

34.0 

438.3 

472.3 

233.1 

8.1 

241.2 

(1.2) 

(2.8) 

Finance costs 
Finance costs are recognised in the period in which these are incurred and are expensed in the period to which the costs 
relate.  Generally costs such as discounts and premiums incurred in raising borrowings are amortised on an effective yield 
basis over the period of the borrowing.  Finance costs include: 
• 
•  amortisation of discounts or premiums relating to borrowings; 
•  amortisation of ancillary costs incurred in connection with the arrangement of borrowings;  
• 
• 

interest on bank overdrafts and short-term and long-term borrowings; 

finance lease charges; and 
interest revenue. 

Employee benefits 
Refer to note 14 for details on employee provisions and superannuation. 

76 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

6. 

Expenses from continuing operations (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Leases 
Leases  in  which  a  significant  portion  of  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  are  retained  by  the  lessor  are  classified  as 
operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to 
the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease term. 

Foreign exchange gains and losses 
Refer to note 2 (c) for details on foreign exchange gains and losses. 

7. 

Trade and other receivables 

Current 

Trade receivables 

Provision for impairment of receivables 

Net trade receivables 

Other receivables 

Prepayments 

Net current trade and other receivables 

(a) 

Impaired trade receivables 

2017 

$m 

14.2 

(0.8) 

13.4 

5.9 

23.3 

42.6 

2016 

$m 

11.6 

 (0.6) 

11.0 

6.8 

24.9 

42.7 

As at 1 July 2017 current trade receivables of the Group with a nominal value of $0.8 million (2016: $0.6 million) were impaired 
and provided for. The individually impaired receivables mainly relate to wholesalers with whom the Group no longer trade. 

Movements in the provision for impairment of receivables are as follows: 

Opening balance 

Provision for impairment recognised during the period  

Provision for impairment reversed during the period 

Receivables written off during the year as uncollectable 

Closing balance 

2017 

$m 

(0.6) 

(0.5) 

0.1 

0.2 

(0.8) 

2016 

$m 

(0.3) 

(0.5) 

0.2 

- 

(0.6) 

The creation and release of the provision for the impaired receivables has been included in administration expenses within 
the consolidated income statement. Amounts charged to the allowance account are generally written off when there is no 
expectation of recovering additional cost. 

(b) 

Past due but not impaired 

As  at  1  July  2017,  trade  receivables  of  $3.8  million  (2016:  $5.6  million)  were  past  due  but  not  impaired.    These  relate  to  a 
number  of  independent  customers  for  whom  there  is  no  recent  history  of  default.    The  ageing  analysis  of  these  trade 
receivables is as follows: 

30 to 60 days 

60 to 90 days 

90 days and over 

2017 

2016 

$m 

1.1 

1.0 

1.7 

3.8 

$m 

1.7 

1.5 

2.4 

5.6 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

7. 

Trade and other receivables (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Trade receivables 
Trade  receivables  are  recognised  initially  at  fair  value  and  subsequently  measured  at  amortised  cost,  less  provision  for 
doubtful debts.  Trade receivables are due for settlement 30 days from the end of the month after sale.  Collectability of 
trade  receivables  is  reviewed  on  an  ongoing  basis.    Debts  which  are  known  to  be  uncollectable  are  written  off.    A 
provision for doubtful receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect 
all amounts due.  The amount of any impairment loss is included within Administration in the income statement. 

Impairment of trade receivables 
Refer to note 15 for details of impairment of financial assets including trade receivables. 

8. 

Inventories 

Finished goods, at lower of cost or net realisable value 

(a) 

Inventory expense 

2017 
$m 

481.5 

2016 
$m 

501.9 

Inventories recognised as expense during the period ended 1 July 2017 amounted to $1,291.2 million (2016: $1,291.9 million). 

Write-downs of inventories to net realisable value recognised as an expense during the period ended 1 July 2017 amounted 
to $2.7 million (2016: $4.3 million).  This expense has been included in cost of sales of goods within the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income. 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Inventories 
Inventories  are  measured  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realisable  value.    Costs  comprise  direct  purchase  costs  and  an 
appropriate proportion of supply chain variable and fixed overhead expenditure in bringing them to their existing location 
and condition.  Costs are assigned to individual items of stock on the basis of weighted average costs. 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

Net realisable value 
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated cost of completion 
and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. 

9. 

Property, plant and equipment 

Plant and equipment, at cost 

Less accumulated depreciation 

Net plant and equipment 

Motor vehicles, at cost 

Less accumulated depreciation 

Net motor vehicles 

Computer equipment, at cost 

Less accumulated depreciation 

Net computer equipment 

2017 

$m 

373.1 

(155.9) 

217.2 

0.7 

(0.5) 

0.2 

97.9 

(50.8) 

47.1 

2016 

$m 

383.2 

(179.9) 

203.3 

0.7 

(0.4) 

0.3 

88.1 

 (54.8) 

33.3 

Total net property, plant and equipment 

264.5 

236.9 

78 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

9. 

(a) 

Property, plant and equipment (continued) 

Reconciliations 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts for each class of property, plant and equipment are set out below: 

2017 

Carrying amounts at 2 July 2016 

Additions 

Disposals 

Depreciation 

Impairment(1) 

Foreign currency exchange differences 

Carrying amounts at 1 July 2017  

2016 

Carrying amounts at 27 June 2015 

Additions 

Disposals 

Depreciation(2) 

Foreign currency exchange differences 

Carrying amounts at 2 July 2016  

Plant and 
equipment  
$m 

Motor vehicles 
$m 

Computer 
equipment  
$m 

203.3 

60.9 

(0.3) 

(39.7) 

(7.7) 

0.7 

217.2 

199.5 

59.5 

- 

(56.2) 

0.5 

203.3 

0.3 

- 

- 

(0.1) 

- 

- 

0.2 

0.2 

0.4 

- 

(0.3) 

- 

0.3 

33.3 

26.2 

- 

(12.4) 

- 

- 

47.1 

24.4 

19.3 

(0.2) 

(10.4) 

0.2 

33.3 

Total 
$m 

236.9 

87.1 

(0.3) 

(52.2) 

(7.7) 

0.7 

264.5 

224.1 

79.2 

(0.2) 

(66.9) 

0.7 

236.9 

(1)  During  2017  certain  items  of  Plant  and  equipment  relating  to  assets  in  leased  locations  associated  with  the  Sports  business  transformation 

activities were considered to be impaired – refer note 4 – Segment information. 

(2) During the 2016 financial year the useful lives of Plant and equipment and Computer equipment relating to assets in leased locations were 
re-assessed  to  have  a  shortened  useful  life  associated  with  the  lease  term  or  refurbishment  cycle.    This  includes  those  items  of  Plant  and 
equipment and Computer equipment associated with the Ray’s Outdoors and Infinite Retail business restructuring activities – refer note 4 – 
Segment information. 

Finance Leases 

The carrying value of computer equipment held under finance leases as at 1 July 2017 was $11.2 million (2016: $1.2 million).  
There  were  no  additions  during  the  year  (2016:  nil).   Leased  assets  are  pledged  as  security  for  the  related  finance  lease 
liability. 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Carrying value 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost, less any accumulated depreciation or amortisation. Historical 
costs include expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. 

Subsequent  costs  are  included  in  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  or  recognised  as  a  separate  asset,  as  appropriate,  only 
when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item 
can be measured reliably.  All repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the financial period 
in which they are incurred. 

Depreciation and amortisation of property, plant and equipment 
Depreciation and amortisation are calculated on a straight line basis for accounting and on a diminishing value basis for 
tax.  Depreciation and amortisation allocates the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment net of residual values 
over  the  expected  useful  life  of  each  asset  to  the  consolidated  entity.    Estimates  of  remaining  useful  lives  and  residual 
values are reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate, at each statement of financial position date.   

The depreciation rates used for each class of assets are: 

Plant and equipment 

7.5% – 37.5% 

Capitalised leased plant and equipment 

10% – 37.5% 

Motor vehicles 

Computer equipment 

25% 

20% – 37.5% 

An  asset’s  carrying  amount  is  written  down  immediately  to  its  recoverable  amount  if  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  is 
greater than its estimated recoverable amount. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

9. 

Property, plant and equipment (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Gains and losses 
Gains  and  losses  on  disposals  are  determined  by  comparing  proceeds with  carrying  amount.    These  are  included  in  the 
income statement.  When revalued assets are sold, it is Group policy to transfer the amounts included in other reserves in 
respect of those assets to retained earnings. 

Make good requirements in relation to leased premises 
Make good costs arising from contractual obligations in lease agreements are recognised as provisions at the inception of 
the  agreement.    A  corresponding  asset  is  taken  up  in  property,  plant  and  equipment  at  that  time.    Expected  future 
payments are discounted using appropriate market yields at reporting date.  

Leases 
The Group leases certain property, plant and equipment. Leases of property, plant and equipment where the Group has 
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, are classified as finance leases.  Finance leases are capitalised at the 
lease’s  inception  at  the  lower  of  the  fair  value  of  the  leased  property  and  the  present  value  of  the  minimum  lease 
payments.  The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in other long term payables.  Each 
lease  payment  is  allocated  between  the  liability  and  finance  charges  so  as  to  achieve  a  constant  rate  on  the  finance 
balance outstanding.  The interest element of the finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease period so 
as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.  Property, plant 
and equipment acquired under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term. 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

Impairment 
Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.  An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s 
carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.  The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to 
sell and value in use.  For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are 
separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). 

10. 

Intangible assets 

Goodwill, at cost 

Less accumulated impairment charge 

Net goodwill 

Computer software, at cost 

Less accumulated amortisation 

Net computer software 

Brand names, at cost 

Less accumulated amortisation and impairment charge 

Net brand names 

Total net intangible assets 

(a) 
Reconciliations of the carrying amounts for each class of intangible asset are set out below: 

Reconciliations 

     2017 

    $m 

449.7 

(2.1) 

447.6 

174.3 

(80.8) 

93.5 

267.5 

(58.5) 

209.0 

2016 

$m 

449.7 

(2.1) 

447.6 

146.5 

(68.2) 

78.3 

267.5 

(21.0) 

246.5 

750.1 

772.4 

2017 

Carrying amounts at 2 July 2016 

Additions 

Impairment 

Amortisation charge 

Carrying amounts at 1 July 2017  

80 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

Goodwill 
$m 

Computer 
Software 
$m 

Brand Name 
$m 

447.6 

- 

- 

- 

447.6 

78.3 

33.6 

- 

(18.4) 

93.5 

246.5 

- 

(37.3) 

(0.2) 

209.0 

Totals 
$m 

772.4 

33.6 

(37.3) 

(18.6) 

750.1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

10. 

Intangible assets (continued) 

(a) 

Reconciliations (continued) 

2016 

Carrying amounts at 27 June 2015 

Additions 

Impairment 

Amortisation charge 

Carrying amounts at 2 July 2016  

(b) 

Impairment tests for goodwill 

Goodwill 
$m 

Computer 
Software 
$m 

Brand Name 
$m 

447.6 

- 

- 

- 

447.6 

87.1 

10.4 

- 

(19.2) 

78.3 

266.6 

- 

(20.0) 

(0.1) 

246.5 

Totals 
$m 

801.3 

10.4 

(20.0) 

(19.3) 

772.4 

Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) identified according to the group of assets based on 
acquisition.  A CGU level summary of the goodwill allocation is presented below: 

CGU 
Auto 

Leisure 

Sports 

Group 

Total 

2017 
$m 

45.3 

25.1 

376.5 

0.7 

447.6 

2016 
$m 

45.3 

25.1 

376.5 

0.7 

447.6 

The  recoverable  amount  of  a  CGU  is  determined  based  on  value-in-use  calculations.  These  calculations  use  cash  flow 
projections based  on  financial  business  plans  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors  covering  a  five-year  period.    Cash flows 
beyond  the  five-year  period  are  extrapolated  using  the  estimated  growth  rates  stated  below.    The  growth  rate  does  not 
exceed the long-term average growth rate for the business in which the CGU operates. 

Key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations 

Management have consistently applied two key assumptions in the value-in-use analysis across each business segment CGU, 
a  pre-tax  discount  rate  of  14.0%  (2016:  14.0%)  and  terminal  growth  rate  of  3.0%  (2016:  3.0%).    Budgeted  gross  margin  is 
determined based on past performance and its expectations for the future.  The weighted average growth rates used are 
consistent with forecasts included in industry reports.  The recoverable amount of the Group’s goodwill currently exceeds its 
carrying value.   

(c) 

Impairment tests for the useful life for brands 

No  amortisation  is  provided  against  the  carrying  value  of  the  purchased  Rebel  Sport  brand  name  on  the  basis  that  it  is 
considered to have an indefinite useful life. 

Key factors taken into account in assessing the useful life of brands were: 
• 
• 

the strong recognition of brands; and 
there are currently no legal, technical or commercial factors indicating that the life should be considered limited. 

The carrying values of the purchased brand names are: 

Brand 
Rebel Sport 

Amart Sports 

Ray’s Outdoors 

Goldcross Cycles 

Total 

2017 
$m 

209.0 

- 

- 

- 

209.0 

2016 
$m 

209.0 

36.0 

- 

1.5 

246.5 

Key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations 

Management  have  consistently  applied  two  key  assumptions  in  the  value-in-use  analysis  across  each  brand,  a  pre-tax 
discount  rate  of  14.0%  (2016:  14.0%)  and  terminal  growth  rate  of  3.0%  (2016:  3.0%).    Budgeted  gross  margin  is  determined 
based on past performance and its expectations for the future.  The weighted average growth rates used are consistent with 
forecasts included in industry reports.   

The recoverable amount of the Rebel brand name currently exceeds its carrying value. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

10. 

Intangible assets (continued) 

(c) 

Impairment tests for the useful life for brands (continued) 

2017 impairment 
The  Group  has  recognised  an  impairment  charge  of  $37.3  million  against  the  Amart  Sports  and  Goldcross  Cycles  brand 
names  following  the  decision  to  commence  a  program  of  converting  all  Amart  Sports  stores  to  Rebel  with  a  target  of 
presenting one brand to market by November 2017.  Based on this decision, the recoverable amount was determined to be 
nil based  on  a  fair  value less  costs  to  sell  calculation  for  the  remaining  four months  that  the  brands will be operating.   This 
impairment charge has been included in administration expenses in the consolidated income statement. 

2016 impairment 
As a result of the ongoing restructure of the Rays business, the Group continued to reassess the recoverable amount of the 
associated brand name as at 26 December 2015. Following an analysis, the recoverable amount was determined to be nil, 
based on a  value in use  calculation using a  pre-tax  discount  rate  of  14.0% (2015:  14.0%)  and  terminal  growth  rate of  3.0% 
(2015:  3.0%).    Forecasted  gross  margin is  determined  based  on  past  performance  and its expectations  for  the  future.    The 
weighted  average  growth  rates  used  are  consistent  with  forecasts  included  in  industry  reports.    The  Group  recognised  an 
impairment charge of $20.0 million against the Ray’s Outdoors brand name. This impairment charge has been included in 
administration expenses in the consolidated income statement. 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Goodwill 
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable 
assets  of  the  acquired  subsidiary  or  business  at  the  date  of  the  acquisition.    Goodwill  on  acquisitions  of  subsidiaries  is 
included in intangible assets.  Goodwill is not amortised.  Instead, it is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if 
events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicated  that  it  might  be  impaired,  and  is  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated 
impairment losses.  Any impairment is recognised as an expense and is not subsequently reversed. 

Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. 

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing.  The allocation is made to those cash-
generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which 
the goodwill arose, identified according to operating segments. 

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives 
Separately acquired trademarks and licences are shown at historical cost. Trademarks and licences acquired in a business 
combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Trademarks are amortised over their useful lives. 

Other intangible assets 
Amortisation is  calculated  on a  straight line  basis.    The amortisation  rates used  for  each  class  of intangible assets  are  as 
follows: 

Computer software 

Brand names 

10% – 33.3% 

Nil to 5% 

Computer software 
Costs incurred in developing products or systems and costs incurred in acquiring software and licenses that will contribute 
to  future  period  financial  benefits  through  revenue  generation  and/or  cost  reduction  are  capitalised  to  software  and 
systems.    Costs  capitalised  include  external  direct  costs  of  materials  and  service,  employee  costs  and  an  appropriate 
portion  of  relevant  overheads.    IT  development  costs  include  only  those  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  development 
phase and  are only  recognised  following  completion  of  technical  feasibility  and where  the Group  has  an intention  and 
ability to use the asset. 

Brand names 
Brand names that are acquired as part of a business combination are recognised separately from goodwill.  These assets 
are  carried at  their  fair  value at  the  date of  acquisition less impairment losses.    Brand  names  are  valued  using  the  relief 
from  royalty  method.    Amortisation  is  calculated  based  on  the  brand  names  estimated  useful  lives, which  is  20  years  or 
indefinite. 

Research and development 
Research expenditure is recognised as an expense as incurred.  Costs incurred on development projects (relating to the 
design and testing of new or improved products) are recognised as intangible assets when it is probable that the project 
will, after considering its commercial and technical feasibility, be completed and generate future economic benefits and 
its costs can be measured reliably.  The expenditure capitalised comprises all directly attributable costs, including costs of 
materials, services, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of overheads.  Other development expenditures that do 
not  meet  these  criteria  are  recognised  as  an  expense  as  incurred.    Development  costs  previously  recognised  as  an 
expense  are  not  recognised  as  an  asset  in  a  subsequent  period.    Capitalised  development  costs  are  recorded  as 
intangible assets and amortised from the point at which the asset is ready for use. 

82 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

10. 

Intangible assets (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Other items of expenditure 
Significant items of expenditure, such as costs incurred in store set-ups, are expensed in the financial period in which these 
costs are incurred. 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

Capitalised software costs and useful lives 
The Group has undertaken significant development of software in relation to the multi-channel customer programme and 
mutli-channel  supply  chain  and inventory  programme.    The useful lives  have been  determined based  on  the intended 
period of use of this software. 

Estimated impairment of indefinite useful life non-financial assets 
The Group tests annually whether indefinite useful life non-financial assets have suffered any impairment, in accordance 
with  the  accounting  policy  stated  above.    The  recoverable  amounts  of  cash-generating  units  have  been  determined 
based on value-in-use calculations.  These calculations require the use of assumptions.  Refer above for details of these 
assumptions. 

11. 

Trade and other payables 

Current 

Trade payables 

Other payables 

Straight line lease adjustment 

Total current trade and other payables 

Non-current 

Straight line lease adjustment 

Total non-current trade and other payables 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2017 

$m 

179.5 

70.1 

4.1 

253.7 

44.2 

44.2 

2016 

$m 

167.4 

79.6 

4.1 

251.1 

41.7 

41.7 

Trade and other payables 
Trade and other payables are payables for goods and services provided to the consolidated entity prior to the end of the 
financial period and which are unpaid at that date.  The amounts are unsecured and are normally paid within 60 days of 
recognition.  Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months from 
the reporting date. 

Leases 
Refer to note 6 for details on the straight lining of lease expenses. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

12. 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Current 

Finance leases - secured by leased asset 

Bank debt funding facility - secured 

Bank debt funding facility - unsecured 

Total current interest-bearing liabilities 

Non-current 
Finance leases - secured by leased asset 

Bank debt funding facility - secured 

Bank debt funding facility - unsecured(1) 

Total non-current interest-bearing liabilities 

2017 

$m 

2.6 

- 

- 

2.6 

8.6 

0.1 

389.3 

398.0 

2016 

$m 

0.8 

0.1 

4.8 

5.7 

- 

0.1 

410.0 

410.1 

(1)Net of borrowing costs capitalised of $1.7 million (2016: $1.2 million). 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Borrowings 
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred.  Borrowings are subsequently measured 
at  amortised  cost.    Any  difference  between  the  proceeds  (net  of  transaction  costs)  and  the  redemption  value  is 
recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. 

13. 

Income taxes 

(a) 

Income tax expense 

Current tax expense 

Deferred tax (benefit) 

Adjustments to tax expense of prior periods 

Deferred income tax (revenue) / expense included in income tax expense comprises: 

Decrease / (increase) in deferred tax assets (note 13(e)) 

(Decrease) in deferred tax liabilities (note 13(e)) 

(b) 

Numerical reconciliation between tax expense and pre-tax profit 

Profit before income tax from continuing operations  

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2016: 30%) 
Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible / (taxable) in  
calculating taxable income: 

Tax consolidation adjustments regarding NZ branches 

Research and development credits and sundry items 

Difference in overseas tax rates 

Derecognition of tax losses and deferred tax assets 

Adjustments to tax expense of prior periods 

Income tax expense 

Effective tax rate: 

Australia 

Consolidated group 

84 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

2017 

$m 

49.5 

(9.0) 

(0.3) 

40.2 

3.3 

(12.3) 

(9.0) 

140.7 

42.2 

(2.3) 

(0.1) 

39.8 

(0.1) 

0.8 

(0.3) 

40.2 

2016 

$m 

53.7 

(24.0) 

0.1 

29.8 

(17.1) 

(6.9) 

(24.0) 

87.8 

26.3 

(2.7) 

- 

23.6 

0.3 

5.8 

0.1 

29.8 

28.2% 

28.6% 

33.3% 

33.9% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

13. 

Income taxes (continued) 

(c) 

Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to income tax payable 

Income tax (expense) 

Tax effect of timing differences: 

Depreciation 

Provisions 

Accruals and prepayments 

Sundry temporary differences 

Current tax payable 

Income tax instalments paid during the year 

Income tax (payable) 

(d) 

 Amounts recognised directly in equity 

Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting period and not recognised 
in net profit or loss but directly debited or credited to equity: 

Net deferred tax debited / (credited) directly to equity (note 13(e)) 

Tax expense / (income) relating to items of other comprehensive income 

Cash flow hedges 

(e) 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Assets 

Amounts recognised in profit or loss 

Provisions  

Accruals and prepayments 

Depreciation 

Sundry temporary differences 

Amounts recognised directly in equity 

Cash flow hedges 

Set off with deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax assets 

Liabilities 

Amounts recognised in profit or loss 

Brand values 

Depreciation 

Amounts recognised directly in equity 

Cash flow hedges 

Set-off of deferred tax assets 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

2017 

$m 

2016 

$m 

(40.2) 

(29.8) 

(8.7) 

1.4 

(0.6) 

(0.2) 

(48.3) 

46.8 

(1.5) 

1.4 

1.4 

1.4 

1.4 

35.8 

7.0 

12.7 

1.3 

56.8 

1.0 

57.8 

(57.8) 

- 

62.9 

12.0 

74.9 

- 

74.9 

(57.8) 

17.1 

(9.0) 

(8.6) 

(4.7) 

2.0 

(50.1) 

43.8 

(6.3) 

(2.8) 

(2.8) 

(3.2) 

(3.2) 

37.3 

6.4 

16.0 

0.4 

60.1 

2.4 

62.5 

(62.5) 

- 

74.0 

13.2 

87.2 

- 

87.2 

(62.5) 

24.7 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) 

(17.1) 

(24.7) 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

13. 

(e) 

Income taxes (continued) 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued) 

Movements in deferred tax assets: 

Opening balance  

(Charged) / credited to the income statement  

(Charged) / credited to equity 

Closing balance 

Deferred tax assets to be recovered after more than 12 months 

Deferred tax assets to be recovered within 12 months 

Movements in deferred tax liabilities: 

Opening balance  

(Credited) / charged to the income statement  

(Credited) to equity 

Closing balance  

Deferred tax liabilities to be settled after more than 12 months 

Deferred tax liabilities to be settled within 12 months 

(f) 

Tax transparency report 

2017 

$m 

62.5 

(3.3) 

(1.4) 

57.8 

31.7 

26.1 

57.8 

87.2 

(12.3) 

- 

74.9 

74.9 

- 

74.9 

2016 

$m 

43.4 

17.1 

2.0 

62.5 

45.6 

16.9 

62.5 

94.9 

(6.9) 

(0.8) 

87.2 

87.2 

- 

87.2 

In  May  2016,  the  government  announced  the  release  of  the  Board  of  Taxation’s  final  report  on  the  voluntary  Tax 
Transparency Code.  The aim of the Code is to provide a mechanism by which medium and large companies can be held 
accountable  for  their  Australian  tax  affairs,  and  to  give  stakeholders  confidence  that  companies  are  compliant  with  their 
statutory obligations.  

Currently  the  Code  is  voluntary.    Super  Retail  Group  supports  the  concept  of  voluntary  tax  transparency  as  an  important 
measure  for  all  large  companies  to  provide  assurance  to  the  Australian  community  that  their  tax  obligations  are  being 
appropriately  met.    We  know  that  Super  Retail  Group’s  success  is  dependent  on  the  wellbeing  of  the  economies  and 
communities where our businesses operate and our conservative approach to tax strategy is one of the many ways we act 
to ensure sustainability of our operations.  We are pleased to disclose our taxes paid in Australia and to detail our approach 
to tax planning for the first time.  

The requirements of the Code are broken into Part  A which forms part of the tax note as referenced below and Part B as 
disclosed below.  The make-up of the respective parts is as follows:   

(i)  
• 
• 
• 

(ii)  
• 
• 
• 

Part A: 

Effective company tax rates for our Australian and global operations (Note 13 (b)) 
A reconciliation of accounting profit to tax expense and to income tax payable (Note 13 (c)) 
Identification of material temporary (Note 13 (b)) and non-temporary differences (Note 13 (c)) 

Part B: 

Tax policy, tax strategy and governance  
Information about international related party dealings  
A tax contribution summary of Income tax paid  

Part B discloses the Australian income tax paid by the Group in the 2017 and 2016 financial years and provides qualitative 
information about our approach to tax risk and international related party dealings. 

86 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

13. 

Income taxes (continued) 

(f) 

Tax transparency report (continued) 

Tax policy, tax strategy and governance  
Super Retail Group is committed to full compliance with its statutory obligations and takes a conservative approach to tax 
risk.  Super Retail Group Tax Policy includes an internal escalation process for referring tax matters to the corporate Group Tax 
function.  The CFO must report any material tax issues to the Board.  Tax strategy is implemented through Super Retail Group 
Tax Governance Policy.  Super Retail Group’s approach to tax planning is to operate and pay tax in accordance with the 
tax law in each relevant jurisdiction.  The Group aims for certainty on all tax positions it adopts.  Where the tax law is unclear 
or subject to interpretation, advice is obtained, and when necessary the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) (or other relevant 
tax authority) is consulted for clarity.  

International related party dealings  
Super  Retail  Group  is  an  Australian  based  group,  with  some  trading  operations  in  other  countries,  including  New  Zealand 
(Super Cheap Auto (SCA)) and China (Sourcing assistance).  Given its current profile, the Group has very limited international 
related party dealings.  Super Retail Group always seeks to price international related party dealings on an arm’s length basis 
to meet the regulatory requirements of the relevant jurisdictions.  

Super Retail Group’s international related party dealings are summarised below: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Super  Retail  Group’s  Australian  retail  businesses  source  material  amounts  of  trading  stock  from  overseas,  particularly 
through Asian based third-party suppliers.  To facilitate this the Group has a Chinese based subsidiary that co-ordinates 
these supplies.  Super Retail Group’s Australian businesses pay the overseas subsidiaries for these services. 

Super Retail Group SCA retail businesses operate across Australia and New Zealand.  To meet customer demand and 
manage  stock  levels,  trading  stock  is  occasionally  transferred  between  jurisdictions,  for  which  arm’s  length 
consideration is paid by the recipient of the trading stock.   

Certain  Super  Retail  Group  businesses  operating  outside  of  Australia  are  utilising  intellectual  property  developed  by 
Super Retail Group businesses in Australia.  Where appropriate, and as required by international cross border tax rules, a 
royalty payment is made by the off-shore subsidiary to the relevant Super Retail Group business in Australia. 

Various  administrative  and  support  services  are  provided  by  Super  Retail  Group  head  office  and  divisional  parent 
entities to offshore subsidiary businesses. As required by international cross border tax rules, arm’s length consideration is 
paid for these services.  

Other jurisdictions  
The  Super  Retail  Group  includes  a  few  subsidiary  companies  that  are  incorporated  in  jurisdictions  outside  of  Australia  as 
summarised in the table below: 

Country 
China(1) 
New Zealand 

Nature of activities 
Co-ordinating the sourcing of trading stock for AMART Sports, BCF, Rays, Rebel, SCA 
Active trading operations (SCA) and dormant entities 

(1) These companies are subject to the Australian Controlled Foreign Company rules. Under these rules profits generated by these subsidiaries 
from trading with Super Retail Group are taxable in Australia at the 30% Australian corporate tax rate. 
For  the  2017  year,  the  gross  value  of  international  related  party  transactions  in  and  out  of  Australia  represented  less  than  0.5  per  cent  of 
revenue. 

Australian income taxes paid 
Super Retail Group is a large taxpayer and paid Corporate Income Tax of $44.4 million in 2017 and $41.2 million in 2016. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

13. 

Income taxes (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Current and deferred tax 
The income tax expense or revenue for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the 
national  income  tax  rate  for  each  jurisdiction  adjusted  by  changes  in  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  attributable  to 
temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements, 
and to unused tax losses. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities 
Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognised  for  temporary  differences  at  the  tax  rates  expected  to  apply when  the 
assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates which are enacted or substantively enacted for each 
jurisdiction.  The relevant tax rates are applied to the cumulative amounts of deductible and taxable temporary differences 
to measure the deferred tax asset or liability.   

An  exception  is  made  for  certain  temporary  differences  arising  from  the  initial  recognition  of  an  asset  or  a  liability.    No 
deferred tax asset or liability is recognised in relation to these temporary differences if they arise in a transaction, other than 
a business combination, that at the time of the transaction did not affect either accounting profit or taxable profit or loss. 

Deferred  tax  assets  are  recognised  for  deductible  temporary  differences  and  unused  tax  losses  only  if  it  is  probable  that 
future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses. 

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases 
of investments  in  controlled  entities where  the  parent  entity is  able  to  control  the  timing  of  the  reversal  of  the  temporary 
differences and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Current  and  deferred  tax  balances  attributable  to  amounts  recognised  directly  in  equity  are  also  recognised  directly  in 
equity.   

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities 
and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority.  Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset 
where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset 
and settle the liability simultaneously.   

A deferred tax liability is recognised in relation to some of the Group’s indefinite life intangibles.  The tax base assumed in 
determining the amount of the deferred tax liability is the capital cost base of the assets.   

Tax consolidation 
Super  Retail  Group  Limited  and  its  wholly-owned  Australian  controlled  entities  have  implemented  the  tax  consolidation 
legislation as of 1 July 2003 and account for current and deferred tax amounts under the Separate taxpayer within Group 
approach in accordance with AASB Interpretation 1052, Tax Consolidation Accounting. 

On  adoption  of  the  tax  consolidation  legislation,  the  entities  in  the  tax  consolidated  group  entered  into  a  tax  sharing 
agreement which, in the opinion of the directors, limits the joint and several liability of the wholly-owned entities in the case 
of a default by the head entity, Super Retail Group Limited. 

13. 

Income taxes (continued) 

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly-owned entities fully compensate Super 
Retail  Group  Limited  for  any  current  tax  payable  assumed  and  are  compensated  by  Super  Retail  Group  Limited  for  any 
current  tax  receivable  and  deferred  tax  assets  relating  to  unused  tax  losses  or  unused  tax  credits  that  are  transferred  to 
Super Retail Group Limited under the tax consolidation legislation.  The funding amounts are determined by reference to 
the amounts recognised in the wholly-owned entities’ financial statements. 

The amounts receivable/payable under the tax funding agreement are due upon receipt of the funding advice from the 
head entity, which is issued as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year. The head entity may also require 
payment of interim funding amounts to assist with its obligations to pay tax instalments. 

88 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

14. 

Provisions 

Current 

Employee benefits(a) 

Onerous contracts(b) 

Make good provision(c)  

Other provisions(d) 

Total current provisions 

Non-current 

Employee benefits(a) 

Onerous contracts(b) 

Make good provision(c) 

Total non-current provisions 

(a) 

Employee benefits 

2017 

$m 

54.1 

4.9 

2.3 

1.0 

62.3 

8.2 

5.5 

7.8 

21.5 

2016 

$m 

45.1 

10.1 

2.6 

0.9 

58.7 

8.7 

13.0 

7.5 

29.2 

Provisions for employee benefits includes accrued annual leave, long service leave and accrued bonuses.  

(b) 

Onerous contracts 

Onerous  contracts  include  the  provision  for  surplus  lease  space  which  represents  the  present  value  of  the  future  lease 
payments  that  the  Group  is  obligated  to  make  in  respect  of  surplus  lease  space  under  non-cancellable  operating  lease 
agreements, less estimated future sub-lease revenue. During the 2016 year, the Group committed to a plan to restructure the 
Ray’s Outdoors business by converting various stores into either the new concept Rays stores or to other Group brands and 
close other stores.  As at 1 July 2017 $8.3 million associated with the transformation relates to surplus lease space (2016: $17.7 
million).   

Onerous contracts also includes the provision for loss making contracts which represents the present value of the forecasted 
loss.  During the 2016 year the Group performed a review of key contracts relating to Infinite Retail that were loss making.  As 
at 1 July 2017 $1.7 million is provided for loss making contracts related to Infinite Retail (2016: $3.1 million). 

(c) 

Make good provision 

Provision is made  for  costs  arising  from  contractual obligations in lease  agreements  at  the inception of  the  agreement.   A 
provision  has  been  recognised  for  the  present  value  of  the  estimated  expenditure  required  to  remove  any  leasehold 
improvements.  These costs have been capitalised as part of the cost of the leasehold improvements and are amortised over 
the shorter of the term of the lease or the useful life of the assets. 

(d) 

Other provisions 

The current provision for other items includes the provision for store refunds.  

(e) 

Movement in provisions 

Movements in each class of provision during the period, except for employee benefits and other, are set out below: 

2017 

Opening balance as at 2 July 2016 

Provisions made 

Indexing of provisions 

Provisions used 

Closing balance as at 1 July 2017 

2016 

Opening balance as at 27June 2015 

Provisions made 

Indexing of provisions 

Provisions used 

Closing balance as at 2 July 2016 

Onerous contracts 
$m 

Make good 
$m 

23.1 

0.7 

- 

(13.4) 

10.4 

10.1 

1.3 

1.4 

(2.7) 

10.1 

Onerous contracts 
$m 

Make good 
$m 

9.4 

20.8 

- 

(7.1) 

23.1 

8.0 

2.8 

0.9 

(1.6) 

10.1 

Total 
$m 

33.2 

2.0 

1.4 

(16.1) 

20.5 

Total 
$m 

17.4 

23.6 

0.9 

(8.7) 

33.2 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

14. 

Provisions (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Provisions 
Provisions for legal claims, service warranties and make good obligations are recognised when the Group has a present 
legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to 
settle  the  obligation  and  the  amount  has  been  reliably  estimated.  Provisions  are  not  recognised  for  future  operating 
losses. 

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined 
by  considering  the  class  of  obligations  as  a  whole.    A  provision  is  recognised  even  if  the  likelihood  of  an  outflow  with 
respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small. 

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the 
present  obligation  at  the  statement  of  financial position date.    The  discount  rate  used  to  determine  the  present  value 
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the 
provision due to the passage of time is recognised as interest expense. 

Employee benefits - short-term obligations 
Liabilities  for  wages  and  salaries,  including  non-monetary  benefits  that  are  expected  to  be  settled  wholly  within  12 
months  after  the  end  of  the  period  in  which  the  employees  render  the  related  service  are  recognised  in  respect  of 
employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when 
the liabilities are settled.  All other short-term employee benefit obligations are presented as payables. 

Employee benefits – long term obligations 
The liabilities for long service leave and annual leave are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the 
end of the period in which the employees render the related service.  They are therefore recognised in the provision for 
employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services 
provided by employees up to the end of the reporting period using the projected unit credit method. Consideration is 
given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service.  Expected 
future payments are discounted using market yields at the end of the reporting period of government bonds with terms 
and  currencies  that  match,  as  closely  as  possible,  the  estimated  future  cash  outflows.    Remeasurements  as  a  result  of 
experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in profit or loss.   

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet if the entity does not have an unconditional right 
to  defer  settlement  for  at  least  twelve  months  after  the  reporting  period,  regardless  of  when  the  actual  settlement  is 
expected to occur. 

Retirement benefit obligations 
Contributions  are  made  by  the  economic  entity  to  an  employee  superannuation  fund  and  are  charged  as  expenses 
when incurred. 

Profit-sharing and bonus plans 
The  Group  recognises  a  liability  and  an  expense  for  bonuses  and  profit-sharing  based  on  a  formula  that  takes  into 
consideration the profit attributable to the Company’s shareholders after certain adjustments.  The Group recognises a 
provision where contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation. 

Make good requirements in relation to leased premises 
Make good costs arising from contractual obligations in lease agreements are recognised as provisions at the inception 
of the agreement.   A corresponding asset is taken up in property, plant and equipment at that time.  Expected future 
payments are discounted using appropriate market yields at reporting date. 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

Estimated value of make good provision 
The  Group  has  estimated  the  present  value  of  the  estimated  expenditure  required  to  remove  any  leasehold 
improvements and return leasehold premises to their original state, in addition to the likelihood of this occurring.  These 
costs have been capitalised as part of the cost of the leasehold improvements. 

Long service leave 
Judgement  is  required  in  determining  the  following  key  assumptions  used  in  the  calculation  of  long  service  leave  at 
balance date. 
• 
• 
• 

Future increase in salaries and wages; 
Future on-cost rates; and 
Experience of employee departures and period of service. 

Onerous contracts 
For surplus leases, the Group estimates the period it will take to exit surplus lease space.  It then records a liability for the 
present value of the future lease payments for the estimated exit period less estimated future sub-lease revenue.  For loss 
making  revenue  contracts,  the  Group  estimates  a  range  of  potential  financial  outcomes  for  each  contract  based  on 
forecasted scenarios.  It then records a liability for the present value of the resulting forecasted loss of each contract. 

90 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

15. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities 

(a) 

Financial instruments 

The Group holds the following financial instruments: 

2017 

Financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Derivative financial instruments 

Total 

Financial liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Derivative financial instruments 

Total 

2016 

Financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Derivative financial instruments 

Total 

Financial liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Derivative financial instruments 

Total 

Derivatives used for 
hedging 
$m 

Notes 

Financial assets and 
liabilities at 
amortised cost 
$m 

7 

20 

11 

12 

20 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3.1 

3.1 

19.9 

42.6 

- 

62.5 

297.9 

400.6 

- 

698.5 

Derivatives used for 
hedging 
$m 

Notes 

Financial assets and 
liabilities at 
amortised cost 
$m 

7 

20 

11 

12 

20 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

8.0 

8.0 

15.6 

42.7 

- 

58.3 

292.8 

415.8 

- 

708.6 

Total 
$m 

19.9 

42.6 

- 

62.5 

297.9 

400.6 

3.1 

701.6 

Total 
$m 

15.6 

42.7 

- 

58.3 

292.8 

415.8 

8.0 

716.6 

The  Group’s  exposure  to  various  risks  associated  with  the  financial  instruments  is  discussed  in  note  20  –  Financial  risk 
management.  The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class 
of financial assets mentioned above. 

(b) 

Recognised fair value measurements 

Fair value hierarchy  

(i)   
This section explains the judgements and estimates made in determining the fair values of the financial instruments that are 
recognised and measured at fair value in the financial statements.  To provide an indication about the reliability of the inputs 
used  in  determining  fair  value,  the  Group  has  classified  its  financial  instruments  into  the  three  levels  prescribed  under  the 
accounting standards.  An explanation of each level follows underneath the table. 

The  fair  value  of  forward  exchange  contracts  is  determined  using  forward  exchange  market  rates  at  the  balance  sheet 
date. 

The carrying value less impairment provision of trade receivables and payables are assumed to approximate their fair values 
due  to  their  short-term  nature.    The  fair  value  of  financial  liabilities  for  disclosure  purposes  is  estimated  by  discounting  the 
future contractual cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

15. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities (continued) 

(b) 

(i)   

Recognised fair value measurements (continued) 

Fair value hierarchy (continued) 

The following tables present the Group’s entity’s assets and liabilities measured and recognised at fair value. 

2017 

Financial assets 

Derivatives used for hedging 

Total  

Financial liabilities 

Derivatives used for hedging 

Total  

2016 

Financial assets 

Derivatives used for hedging 

Total  

Financial liabilities 

Derivatives used for hedging 

Total  

Level 1 

$m 

Level 2 

$m 

Level 3 

$m 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3.1 

3.1 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Level 1 

$m 

Level 2 

$m 

Level 3 

$m 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

8.0 

8.0 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Total 

$m 

- 

- 

3.1 

3.1 

Total 

$m 

- 

- 

8.0 

8.0 

There were no transfers between any levels for recurring fair value measurements during the year.  The Group’s policy is to 
recognise transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as at the end of the reporting period. 

Level 1: The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded derivatives, and trading 
and available-for-sale securities) is based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period. The quoted market 
price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price. These instruments are included in level 1. 

Level  2:  The  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  that  are  not  traded  in  an  active  market  (for  example,  over-the-counter 
derivatives) is determined using valuation techniques which maximise the use of observable market data and rely as little 
as  possible  on  entity-specific  estimates.  If  all  significant  inputs  required  to  fair  value  an  instrument  are  observable,  the 
instrument is included in level 2. 

Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in level 
3. This is the case for unlisted equity securities. 

Valuation techniques used to determine fair value 

(ii)   
Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include: 
• 
• 

the use of quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments; 
the fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows based on 
observable yield curves; 
the  fair  value  of  forward  foreign  exchange  contracts  is  determined  using  forward  exchange  rates  at  the  balance 
sheet date; 
the fair value of the remaining financial instruments is determined using discounted cash flow analysis. 

• 

• 

All  of  the  resulting  fair  value  estimates  are  included  in  level  2,  where  the  fair  values  have  been  determined  based  on 
present values and the discount rates used were adjusted for counterparty or own credit risk.   

92 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

15. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Financial assets classification 
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories:  financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, and 
loans  and  receivables.    The  classification  depends  on  the  purpose  for  which  the  investments  were  acquired.  
Management  determines  the  classification  of  its  investments  at  initial  recognition  and  re-evaluates  this  designation  at 
each reporting date. 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 
This category has two sub-categories:  financial assets held for trading, and those designated at fair value through profit or 
loss on initial recognition.  A financial asset is classified in this category if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in 
the short term or if so designated by management.  Derivatives are also categorised as held for trading unless they are 
designated  as  hedges.    Assets  in  this  category  are  classified  as  current  assets  if  they  are  either  held  for  trading  or  are 
expected to be realised within 12 months of the balance sheet date. 

Loans and receivables 
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an 
active market.  They are included in current assets, except for those with maturities greater than 12 months after the end of 
the reporting period which are classified as non-current assets. 

Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade date – the date on which the Group commits to 
purchase or sell the asset.  Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets 
have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. 

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair 
value  through  profit  or  loss,  transaction  costs  that  are  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition  of  the  financial  asset.  
Transaction  costs  of  financial  assets  carried  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  are  expensed  in  profit  or  loss.    Loans  and 
receivables are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.   

Impairment of financial assets 
The  Group  assesses  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period  whether  there  is  objective  evidence  that  a  financial  asset  or 
group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are 
incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial 
recognition of the asset (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of 
the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated. 

Evidence of impairment may include indications that the receivable or a group of receivables is experiencing significant 
financial difficulty, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability that they will enter bankruptcy 
or other financial reorganisation, and where observable data indicate that there is a measurable decrease in the 
estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults. 

For  loans  and  receivables  category,  the  amount  of  the loss is  measured  as  the  difference between  the  asset’s  carrying 
amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) 
discounted  at  the  financial  asset’s  original  effective  interest  rate.  The  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  is  reduced  and  the 
amount of the loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement. 

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to 
an  event  occurring  after  the  impairment  was  recognised  (such  as  an  improvement  in  the  debtor’s  credit  rating),  the 
reversal of the previously recognised impairment loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement. 

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities 
Derivatives  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value  on  the  date  a  derivative  contract  is  entered  into  and  are  subsequently 
remeasured to their fair value.  The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is 
designated  as  a  hedging  instrument,  and  if  so,  the  nature  of  the  item  being  hedged.    The  Group  designates  certain 
derivatives as either: hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedge); or 
hedges of highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges). 

The  Group  documents  at  the  inception  of  the  transaction  the  relationship  between  hedging  instruments  and  hedged 
items as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.  The Group also 
documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in 
hedging  transactions  have  been  and will  continue  to  be  highly  effective in  offsetting  changes in  cash  flows  of  hedged 
items. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

15. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities (continued) 

Cash flow hedges 
The  effective portion  of  changes in  the  fair  value  of  derivatives  that  are  designated and  qualify  as  cash  flow  hedges is 
recognised in equity in the hedging reserve.  The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in 
the income statement. 

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in the income statement in the income periods when the hedged item will 
affect  profit  or  loss  (for  instance  when  the  forecast  payment  that  is  hedged  takes  place).  However,  when  the  forecast 
transaction  that  is  hedged  results  in  the  recognition  of  a  non-financial  asset  (for  example,  inventory)  or  a  non-financial 
liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the measurement of 
the initial cost  or carrying amount of the asset or liability. 

When  a  hedging  instrument  expires  or  is  sold  or  terminated,  or  when  a  hedge  no  longer  meets  the  criteria  for  hedge 
accounting,  any  cumulative  gain  or  loss  existing  in  equity  at  the  time  remains  in  equity  and  is  recognised  when  the 
forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statement.  When a forecast transaction is no longer expected 
to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement. 

Net investment hedges 
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges.   

Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in equity.  The gain 
or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement within other income or other 
expenses.   

Gains  and  losses  accumulated  in  equity  are  included  in  the  income  statement  when  the  foreign  operation  is  partially 
disposed of or sold. 

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting 
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting.  Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument 
that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement. 

Fair value estimation 
The  fair  value  of  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  must  be  estimated  for  recognition  and  measurement  or  for 
disclosure purposes. 

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives) is 
determined  using  valuation  techniques.    The  fair  value  of  interest  rate  swaps  is  calculated  as  the  present  value  of  the 
estimated future cash flows.  The fair value of forward exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange market 
rates at the statement of financial position date. 

The nominal value less estimated credit adjustments of trade receivables and payables are assumed to approximate their 
fair values.  The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the future contractual 
cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments. 

16. 

Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share 

(a) 
Total basic earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the 
company 

Diluted earnings per share 

(b) 
Total diluted earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the 
company 

Normalised earnings per share(1) 

(c) 
From continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company 
(1) Normalised profit attributable to ordinary equity holders is $135.8 million (2016: $108.6 million) – note 4(b). 

2017 

Cents 

51.6 

2016 

Cents 

31.8 

51.3 

31.6 

68.9 

55.1 

94 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

16. 

Earnings per share (continued) 

Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator 

(d) 
Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator in calculating basic 
EPS  
Adjustments for calculation of diluted earnings per share – performance rights 

Weighted average potential ordinary shares used as the denominator in  
calculating diluted earnings per share 

(e) 
Basic earnings and diluted earnings per share 

Reconciliations of earnings used in calculating earnings per share 

2017 

Number 

2016 

Number 

197,229,369 

197,152,793 

1,078,275 

1,513,230 

198,307,644 

198,666,023 

2017 

$m 

2016 

$m 

Profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company used in EPS 
calculating basic earnings per share: 
(f) 
Options and Performance Rights 
Options  and  performance  rights  granted  are  considered  to  be  potential  ordinary  shares  and  have  been  included  in  the 
determination of diluted earnings per share to the extent to which they are dilutive. 

Information concerning the classification of securities 

101.8 

62.8 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Basic earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: 
• 

the  profit  attributable  to  equity  holders  of  the  Company, excluding any  costs  of  servicing  equity  other  than ordinary 
shares; 

•  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary  shares  outstanding  during  the  financial  year,  adjusted  for  bonus 

elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. 

Diluted earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account 
the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares and the 
weighted  average  number  of  shares  assumed  to  have  been  issued  for  no  consideration  in  relation  to  dilutive  potential 
ordinary shares. 

17. 

Contributed equity 

(a) 

Share capital 

Ordinary shares fully paid (197,240,020 ordinary shares as at 1 July 2017) 

2017 

$m 
542.3 

(i) 

Movement in ordinary share capital 

Opening Balance 27 June 2015 

Shares issued under performance rights 

Balance 2 July 2016 

Shares issued under performance rights 

Closing balance 1 July 2017 

Number of Shares 

Issue Price 

197,030,571 

146,747 

197,177,318 

62,702 

197,240,020 

- 

- 

2016 

$m 
542.3 

$m 

542.3 

- 

542.3 

- 

542.3 

Ordinary shares have no par value and the Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.   

The  ordinary  shares  entitle  the  holder  to  participate  in  dividends  and  the  proceeds  on  winding  up  of  the  parent  entity  in 
proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. 

On a show of hands every holder of ordinary shares present, in person or by proxy, at a meeting of shareholders of the parent 
entity is entitled to one vote and, upon a poll, each share is entitled to one vote. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

17. 

Contributed equity (continued) 

(a) 

Share capital (continued) 

Performance  rights  over  571,775  (2016:  621,365)  ordinary  shares  were  issued  during  the  period  with  62,702  (2016:  146,747) 
performance rights vesting during the period.  Under the share option plan, nil (2016: nil) ordinary shares were issued during 
the period.  Information relating to performance rights and options outstanding at the end of the financial period are set out 
in note 28 – Share-based payments. 

Dividend reinvestment plan 
The Company has established a dividend reinvestment plan under which holders of ordinary shares may elect to have all or 
part of their dividend entitlements satisfied by shares purchased on market rather than by being paid in cash. 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Contributed equity 
Ordinary  shares  are  classified  as  equity.    Incremental  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  issue  of  new  shares  or  options  are 
shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.  Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new 
shares  or  options,  or  for  the  acquisition  of  a  business,  are  included  in  the  cost  of  the  acquisition  as  part  of  the  purchase 
consideration. 

18. 

Reserves and retained earnings 

Reserves 

(a) 
Foreign currency translation reserve 
Share based payments reserve 
Hedging reserve 
NCI equity reserve 

Total 

Movements 

(i) 
Foreign currency translation reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Net exchange difference on translation of foreign controlled entities 

Balance at the end of the financial period 

Share-based payments reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Options and performance rights expense  

Balance at the end of the financial period 

Hedging reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Revaluation – gross 
Deferred tax 

Balance at the end of the financial period 

NCI equity reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Change in ownership interest in controlled entities 

Balance at the end of the financial period 

96 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

2017 

$m 

3.4 
10.5 
(2.2) 
(8.2) 

3.5 

3.9 
(0.5) 

3.4 

8.5 
2.0 

10.5 

(5.6) 
4.8 
(1.4) 

(2.2) 

(7.7) 
(0.5) 

(8.2) 

2016 

$m 

3.9 
8.5 
(5.6) 
(7.7) 

(0.9) 

3.5 
0.4 

3.9 

7.8 
0.7 

8.5 

1.9 
(10.7) 
3.2 

(5.6) 

- 
(7.7) 

(7.7) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

18. 

Reserves and retained earnings (continued) 

(a) 

Reserves (continued) 

Nature and purpose of reserves 

(ii) 
Hedging reserve - cash flow hedges 
The  hedging  reserve  is  used  to  record  gains  or  losses  on  a  hedging  instrument  in  a  cash  flow  hedge  that  are  recognised 
directly in equity, as described in note 15 – Financial assets and financial liabilities.  Amounts are recognised in profit and loss 
when the associated hedged transaction affects profit and loss.   

Share-based payments reserve 
The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the grant date fair value of options and performance rights issued. 

Foreign currency translation reserve 
Exchange  differences  arising  on  translation  of  the  foreign  controlled  entity  are  taken  to  the  foreign  currency  translation 
reserve, as described in note 2(c).  The reserve is recognised in profit and loss when the net investment is disposed of. 

NCI equity reserve 
The NCI equity reserve is used to recognise the change in ownership interest in controlled entities. 

(b) 

Retained earnings 

Balance at the beginning of the financial period 

Net profit for the period attributable to owners of Super Retail Group Limited 

Dividends paid 

Retained profits at the end of the financial period 

2017 

$m 
193.7 

101.8 

(84.8) 

210.7 

19. 

Reconciliation of profit from ordinary activities after income tax to net cash inflow from 
operating activities 

Profit from ordinary activities after related income tax 

Depreciation and amortisation 

Impairment charge 

Net gain on sale of non-current assets 

Non-cash employee benefits expense/share based payments 

Profit for the period attributable to non-controlling interests 

Net finance costs 
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from the 
purchase of controlled entities 

 - decrease /(increase) in receivables 

 - (increase) / decrease in net current tax liability 

 - decrease in inventories 

 - (decrease) in payables 

 - (decrease) / increase in provisions 

 - (decrease) in deferred tax liability 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2017 
$m 

101.8 

78.5 

37.3 

(0.6) 

2.0 

(1.3) 

16.9 

0.1 

(4.7) 

20.4 

(2.7) 

(4.1) 

(9.1) 

234.5 

2016 

$m 
212.8 

62.8 

(81.9) 

193.7 

2016 
$m 

62.8 

86.2 

20.0 

- 

0.7 

(4.8) 

19.4 

(13.7) 

9.2 

3.7 

(23.7) 

23.0 

(23.6) 

159.2 

Cash and cash equivalents 
For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash includes cash on hand, cash at bank and at call deposits with banks or 
financial institutions, other short term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily 
convertible  to  known  amounts  of  cash  and  which  are  subject  to  an  insignificant  risk  of  changes  in  value,  and  bank 
overdrafts. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

20. 

Financial risk management 

This  note  explains  the  Group’s  exposure  to  financial  risks  and  how  these  risks  could  affect  the  Group’s  future  financial 
performance. Current year profit and loss information has been included where relevant to add further context. 

Market risk 

Foreign exchange 

Interest rate 

Credit risk 

Liquidity risk 

Exposure 
arising from 

Future commercial 
transactions  
Recognised financial 
assets and liabilities not 
denominated in AUD 

Long-term borrowings at 
variable rates 

Cash and cash 
equivalents, trade and 
other receivables and 
derivative financial 
instruments 

Measurement 

Cash flow forecasting 
Sensitivity analysis 

Sensitivity analysis 

Aging analysis 
Credit ratings 

Management 

Forward foreign 
exchange contracts 
and options 

Interest rate swaps 

Rolling cash flow 
forecasts 

Borrowings and other 
liabilities 

Credit limits and 
retention of title over 
goods sold 

Availability of 
committed 
credit lines and 
borrowing facilities 

The Group’s risk management is carried out by the finance department under policies approved by the Board of Directors. 
The  finance  department  identifies,  evaluates  and  hedges  financial  risks  in  close  co-operation  with  the  Group’s  operating 
units. The Board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as 
foreign  exchange  risk,  interest  rate  risk,  credit  risk,  use  of  derivative  financial  instruments  and  non-derivative  financial 
instruments, and investment of excess liquidity. 

(a)  

Derivative Financial Instruments 

Derivative Financial Instruments are only used for economic hedging purposes and not as trading or speculative instruments. 
The Group has the following derivative financial instruments: 

Current assets 

Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges 

Total current derivative financial instrument assets 

Current liabilities 

Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges 

Interest rate swap contracts – cash flow hedges 

Total current derivative financial instrument liabilities 

2017 

$m 

- 

- 

1.4 

1.7 

3.1 

2016 

$m 

- 

- 

4.2 

3.8 

8.0 

Classification of derivatives 

(i)  
Derivatives are classified as held for trading and accounted for at fair value through profit or loss unless they are designated 
as hedges. They are presented as current assets or liabilities if they are expected to be settled within 12 months after the end 
of the reporting period. 

The  Group’s  accounting  policy  for  its  cash  flow  hedges  is  set  out  in  note  15  –  Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities.  For 
hedged forecast transactions that result in the recognition of a non-financial asset, the Group has elected to include related 
hedging gains and losses in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset. 

Fair value measurement 

(ii)  
For information about the methods and assumptions used in determining the fair value of derivatives please refer to note 15 – 
Financial assets and financial liabilities. 

(b)      Market risk  

Foreign exchange risk 

(i)  
Group companies are required to hedge their foreign exchange risk exposure using forward contracts transacted with the 
finance department. 

98 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

20. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(b)      Market risk (continued) 

Foreign exchange risk (continued) 

(i)  
The  Group  operates  internationally  and  is  exposed  to  foreign  exchange  risk  arising  from  currency  exposures  to  the  United 
States dollar (USD) and Chinese Yuan (CNY). 

Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities are denominated in a 
currency that is not the entity’s functional currency. 

The Group’s risk management policy is to hedge between 50% and 75% of anticipated foreign currency purchases for the 
subsequent 4 months and up to 50% of anticipated foreign currency purchases for the following 5 to 12 month period. 

Instruments used by the Group 
The economic entity retails products including some that have been imported from Asia, with contract pricing denominated 
in USD.  In order to protect against exchange rate movements, the economic entity has entered into forward exchange rate 
contracts  to  purchase  USD.    The  contracts  are  timed  to  mature  in  line  with  forecasted  payments  for  imports  and  cover 
forecast  purchases  for  the  subsequent  twelve  months,  on  a  rolling  basis.    The  Group  does  not  currently  enter  into  forward 
exchange rate contracts to purchase CNY. 

Exposure 
The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period was as follows: 

Trade receivables 

Trade payables 

Forward exchange contract -  foreign currency (cash flow hedges) 

          Buy United States dollars and sell Australian dollars with maturity 

          - 0 to 4 months 

          - 5 to 12 months 

Trade receivables  

Trade payables 

2017 
USD 

$m 

1.1 

12.0 

56.0 

56.0 

112.0 

2017 

CNY 

$m 

0.1 

5.4 

2016 
USD 

$m 

2.3 

16.9 

47.0 

74.0 

121.0 

2016 

CNY 

$m 

0.4 

2.0 

The portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in 
equity.    When  the  cash  flows  occur,  the  Group  adjusts  the  initial  measurement  of  the  component  recognised  in  the 
consolidated  balance  sheet  by  the  related  amount  deferred  in  equity.    In  the  year  ended  1  July  2017,  no  hedges  were 
designated as ineffective (2016: nil). 

Gains  and  losses  arising  from  hedging  contracts  terminated  prior  to  maturity  are  also  carried  forward  until  the  designated 
hedged transaction occurs. 

The following gains, losses and costs have been deferred as at the balance date: 

- unrealised (losses) on USD foreign exchange contracts 

- unrealised (losses) on interest rate swaps 

Total unrealised (losses) 

2017 

 $m 

(1.4) 

(1.7) 

(3.1) 

2016 

$m 

(4.2) 

(3.8) 

(8.0) 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

20. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(b)           Market risk (continued) 

(i)            Foreign exchange risk (continued) 

Group sensitivity 
Based  on  the  financial  instruments  held  at  1  July  2017,  had  the  Australian  dollar  weakened/strengthened  by  10%  against 
other currencies with all other variables held constant, the impact on the Group’s post-tax profit would have been nil, on the 
basis  that  the  financial  instruments  would  have  been  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  and  the  impact  upon  the  foreign 
exchange movements of other financial assets and liabilities is negligible. 

Equity  would  have  been  $9.4  million  lower/$11.5  million  higher  (2016:  $10.7  million  lower/$13.1  million  higher)  had  the 
Australian  dollar  weakened/strengthened  by  10%  against  other  currencies,  arising  mainly  from  forward  foreign  exchange 
contracts  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges.    The  impact  on  other  Group  assets  and  liabilities  as  a  result  of  movements  in 
exchange rates are not material. 

A sensitivity of 10% was selected following review of historic trends. 

(ii)          Cashflow and fair value interest rate risk 

Instruments used by the Group - interest rate swap contracts 
Bank  loans  of  the  economic  entity  currently  bear  an  average  variable  interest  rate  of  3.08%  (2016:  3.28%).    It  is  policy  to 
protect  part  of  the  forecasted  debt  from  exposure  to  increasing  interest  rates.    Accordingly,  the  economic  entity  has 
entered into interest rate swap contracts, under which it is obliged to receive interest at variable rates and to pay interest at 
fixed  rates.    The  contracts  are  settled  on  a  net  basis  and  the  net  amount  receivable  or  payable  at  the  reporting  date  is 
included in other receivables or other payables.   

At period end, the Group was a party to multiple interest rate swaps for a total nominal value of $125.0 million (2016: $155.0 
million).  The Group also has $245.0 million (2016: $200.0 million) interest rate swaps in place for future periods up until June 
2020 at an average rate of 2.38%.  

The contracts require settlement of net interest receivable or payable each 90 days.  The settlement dates coincide with the 
dates on which interest is payable on the underlying debt.  Swaps on the current debt balance cover approximately 32.0% 
(2016: 37.0%) of the loan principal outstanding.  The average fixed interest rate is 2.75% (2016: 3.35%). 

Interest rate risk exposures 
The economic entity’s exposure to interest rate risk and the effective weighted average interest rate by maturity periods is set 
out in the following table: 

Fixed interest maturing in 

Floating 
interest rate 
$m 

1 year or 
less 
$m 

Over 1 to 5 
years 
$m 

More than 
5 years  
$m 

Notes 

2017 

Financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

7 

Total financial assets 

Weighted average rate of 
interest 

Financial liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Provisions (employee benefits) 

Total financial liabilities 

Weighted average rate of 
interest 

11 

12 

14 

18.1 

- 

18.1 

1.50% 

- 

389.4 

- 

389.4 

3.08% 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2.6 

- 

2.6 

- 

- 

- 

- 

8.6 

- 

8.6 

Net financial (liabilities) / assets 

(371.3) 

(2.6) 

(8.6) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Non-
interest 
bearing 
$m 

1.8 

42.6 

44.4 

297.9 

- 

62.3 

360.2 

Total 
$m 

19.9 

42.6 

62.5 

297.9 

400.6 

62.3 

760.8 

(315.8) 

(698.3) 

100 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

20. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(b)           Market risk (continued) 

 (ii)          Cashflow and fair value interest rate risk (continued) 

Fixed interest maturing in 

Floating 
interest rate 
$m 

1 year or 
less 
$m 

Over 1 to 
5 years 
$m 

More than 
5 years  
$m 

Notes 

2016 

Financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

7 

Total financial assets 

Weighted average rate of 
interest 

Financial liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Provisions (employee benefits) 

Total financial liabilities 

Weighted average rate of 
interest 

11 

12 

14 

13.8 

- 

13.8 

1.75% 

- 

415.0 

- 

415.0 

3.28% 

- 

- 

- 

- 

0.8 

- 

0.8 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Net financial (liabilities) / assets 

(401.2) 

(0.8)

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Non-
interest 
bearing 
$m 

1.8 

42.7 

44.5 

292.8 

- 

53.8 

346.6 

Total 
$m 

15.6 

42.7 

58.3 

292.8 

415.8 

53.8 

762.4 

(302.1) 

(704.1) 

Group sensitivity 
The Group’s main interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings.  Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to 
cash flow interest rate risk.  Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.  During the 2017 
and 2016 financial years, the Group’s borrowings were at variable rates and were denominated in Australian dollars. 

As at the reporting date, the Group had the following variable rate borrowings and interest rate swap contracts outstanding: 

Bank overdrafts and bank loans 

Interest rate swaps 

An analysis by maturities is provided in (d) below. 

2017 

$m 

391.0 

125.0 

2016 

$m 

416.2 

155.0 

The Group risk management policy is to maintain fixed interest rate hedges of approximately 40% of anticipated debt levels 
over a 3 year period.  The Group utilises interest rate swaps to hedge its interest rate exposure on borrowings. 

As at 1 July 2017, if interest rates had changed by +/- 100 basis points from the year-end rates with all other variables held 
constant, post-tax profit and equity for the year would have been $1.9 million lower/higher (2016: $1.8 million lower/higher), 
mainly as a result of higher/lower interest expense on bank loans. 

(c)          Credit risk 

Credit  risk  arises  from  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  favourable  derivative  financial  instruments  and  deposits with  banks  and 
financial  institutions,  as  well  as  credit  exposures  to  wholesale  and  retail  customers,  including  outstanding  receivables  and 
committed transactions. 

(i)            Risk management 
Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. For banks and financial institutions, only independently rated parties with a minimum 
rating of ‘A’ are accepted.  

If  wholesale  customers  are  independently  rated,  these  ratings  are  used.  Otherwise,  if  there  is  no  independent  rating,  risk 
control  assesses  the  credit  quality  of  the  customer,  taking  into  account  its  financial  position,  past  experience  and  other 
factors.  Individual  risk  limits  are  set  based  on  internal  or  external  ratings  in  accordance  with  limits  set  by  the  board.  The 
compliance with credit limits by wholesale customers is regularly monitored by line management.   

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

20. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(c) 

Credit risk (continued) 

(i)            Risk management (continued) 
Sales  to  retail  customers  are  required  to  be  settled  in  cash  or  using  major  credit  cards,  mitigating  credit  risk.  There  are  no 
significant  concentrations  of  credit  risk,  whether  through  exposure  to  individual  customers,  specific  industry  sectors  and/or 
regions.  

(ii)            Security 
For  wholesale  customers  without  credit  rating,  the  Group  generally  retains  title  over  the  goods  sold  until  full  payment  is 
received, thus limiting the loss from a possible default to the profit margin made on the sale. For some trade receivables the 
Group  may  also  obtain  security  in  the  form  of  guarantees,  deeds  of  undertaking  or  letters  of  credit  which  can  be  called 
upon if the counterparty is in default under the terms of the agreement. 

(d)            Liquidity risk 

Prudent liquidity  risk  management implies maintaining  sufficient  cash  and  the availability  of funding  through an adequate 
amount  of  committed  credit  facilities  to  meet  obligations  when  due.  Due  to  the  dynamic  nature  of  the  underlying 
businesses, finance department maintains flexibility in funding by maintaining availability under committed credit lines. 

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve (comprising the undrawn borrowing facilities below) 
and cash and cash equivalents on the basis of expected cash flows.  In addition, the Group’s liquidity management policy 
involves projecting cash flows in major currencies and considering the level of liquid assets necessary to meet these. 

(i)             Financing arrangements 

Unrestricted access was available at balance date to the following lines of credit: 

Total facilities 
 -  bank debt funding facility 

 -  multi-option facility (including indemnity/guarantee) 

Total 

Facilities used at balance date 

 -  bank debt funding facility* 

 -  multi-option facility (including indemnity/guarantee) 

Total 

Unused balance of facilities at balance date 

 -  bank debt funding facility 

 -  multi-option facility (including indemnity/guarantee) 

Total 

2017 

$m 

540.0 

20.0 

560.0 

391.0 

3.4 

394.4 

149.0 

16.6 

165.6 

2016 

$m 

615.0 

20.0 

635.0 

416.0 

3.7 

419.7 

199.0 

16.3 

215.3 

*As at 1 July 2017, $20.2 million of the overdraft facility has been drawn and in accordance with financing arrangements this is offset by cash 
funds in transit. 

Current interest rates on bank loans of the economic entity are 2.97% - 3.19% (2016: 2.88% - 3.33%). 

Maturities of financial liabilities 

(ii)    
The  following  tables  analyse  the  Group’s  financial  liabilities  into  relevant  maturity  groupings  based  on  their  contractual 
maturities for:  
-  all non-derivative financial liabilities; and 
-  net  and  gross  settled  derivative  financial  instruments  for  which  the  contractual  maturities  are  essential  for  an 

understanding of the timing of the cash flows. 

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their 
carrying balances as the impact of discounting is not significant. For interest rate swaps the cash flows have been estimated 
using forward interest rates applicable at the end of the reporting period. 

102 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net settled (Interest Rate Swaps) 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

20. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(d)            Liquidity risk (continued) 

(ii)    

Maturities of financial liabilities (continued) 

Less than 
6 months 
$m 

6-12 
months 
$m 

Between 
1 and 2 
years  
$m 

Between 
2 and 5 
years  
$m 

Over 5 
years 
$m 

Total 
contractual 
cash flows 
$m 

Carrying 
amount 
(assets) / 
liabilities 
$m 

2017 
Non-derivatives 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities(1) 

Finance lease liabilities 

Total non-derivatives 

Derivatives 

Forward exchange contracts used 
for hedging: 
Gross settled 

- (inflow) 

- outflow 

Total derivatives 
(1)Excludes finance leases. 

2016 

Non-derivatives 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities(1) 

Finance lease liabilities 

Total non-derivatives 

Derivatives 

Net settled (Interest Rate Swaps) 
Forward exchange contracts used 
for hedging: 

Gross settled 

- (inflow) 

- outflow 

Total derivatives 
(1)Excludes finance leases. 

249.6 

6.0 

1.5 

257.1 

- 

6.0 

1.5 

7.5 

- 

12.0 

2.9 

14.9 

- 

403.6 

6.0 

409.6 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

249.6 

427.6 

11.9 

689.1 

249.6 

391.0 

11.2 

651.8 

3.0 

1.7 

(145.6) 

147.4 

4.8 

- 

1.4 

3.1 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(98.8) 

100.0 

2.2 

(46.8) 

47.4 

1.6 

- 

- 

1.0 

Less than 
6 months 
$m 

6-12 
months 
$m 

Between 
1 and 2 
years  
$m 

Between 
2 and 5 
years  
$m 

Over 5 
years 
$m 

Total 
contractual 
cash flows 
$m 

Carrying 
amount 
(assets) / 
liabilities 
$m 

247.0 

6.8 

0.4 

254.2 

- 

11.5 

0.4 

11.9 

- 

- 

221.7 

210.2 

- 

- 

221.7 

210.2 

1.2 

1.0 

1.3 

0.3 

(103.4) 

107.0 

4.8 

(59.1) 

60.9 

2.8 

- 

- 

1.3 

- 

- 

0.3 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

247.0 

450.2 

0.8 

698.0 

247.0 

416.2 

0.8 

664.0 

3.8 

3.8 

(162.5) 

167.9 

9.2 

- 

4.2 

8.0 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

21. 

Capital management 

(a) 

Risk management  

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard their ability to continue as a going concern, so that they 
can  continue  to  provide  returns  for  shareholders  and  benefits  for  other  stakeholders,  and  maintain  an  optimal  capital 
structure to reduce the cost of capital. 

In  order  to  maintain  or  adjust  the  capital  structure,  the  Group  may  adjust  the  amount  of  dividends  paid  to  shareholders, 
return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.  

The  Group  monitors  overall  capital  on  the  basis  of  the  gearing  ratio.    The  ratio  is  calculated  as  net  debt  divided  by  total 
capital.  Net debt is calculated as total borrowings less cash and cash equivalents.  Total capital is calculated as equity as 
shown in the consolidated  balance sheet (including non-controlling interests) plus net debt. 

During 2017 the Group’s strategy, which was unchanged from 2016, was to ensure that the gearing ratio remained below 
50%.  This target ratio range excludes the short-term impact of acquisitions.  The gearing ratios at 1 July 2017 and 2 July 2016 
were as follows: 

Total borrowings 

Less:  Cash & cash equivalents 

Net Debt 

Total Equity 

Total Capital 

Gearing Ratio 

2017 

$m 

400.6 

(19.9) 

380.7 

754.6 

1,135.3 

33.5% 

2016 

$m 

415.8 

(15.6) 

400.2 

734.0 

1,134.2 

35.3% 

The Group monitors ongoing capital on the basis of the fixed charge cover ratio.  The ratio is calculated as earnings before 
net finance costs, income tax, depreciation, amortisation and store and rental expense divided by fixed charge obligations 
(being finance costs and store and distribution centre rental expenses).  Rental expenses are calculated net of straight line 
lease adjustments, while finance costs exclude non-cash mark-to-market losses or gains on interest rate swaps. 

During 2017 the Group’s strategy, which was unchanged from 2016, was to maintain a fixed charge cover ratio of around 2.0 
times and a net debt to EBITDA of below 2.5 times.  The fixed charge cover and net debt to EBITDA ratios at 1 July 2017 and 2 
July 2016 were as follows: 

Profit attributable to Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 

Add:    Taxation expense 

    Net finance costs 

    Depreciation and amortisation (excludes impairment) 

EBITDA 

    Rental expense 

EBITDAR 

    Net finance costs 

    Rental expense 

Fixed charges 

Fixed charge cover ratio 

Net debt to EBITDA ratio 

Fixed charge cover ratio from normalised net profit after tax(1) 

Net debt to EBITDA ratio from normalised net profit after tax(1) 
(1) Normalised EBITDAR is $495.1m (2016: $470.0m) and normalised EBITDA is $278.2m (2016: $245.7m) 

2017 

$m 

101.8 

40.2 

16.9 

70.8 

229.7 

216.9 

446.6 

16.9 

216.9 

233.8 

1.91 

1.66 

2.12 

1.37 

2016 

$m 

62.8 

29.8 

19.4 

86.2 

198.2 

241.2 

439.4 

19.4 

241.2 

260.6 

1.69 

2.02 

1.93 

1.63 

Loan Covenants 

(i)    
Financial covenants are provided by Super Retail Group Limited with respect to leverage, gearing, fixed charges coverage 
and shareholder funds.  The Group has complied with the financial covenants of its borrowing facilities during the 2017 and 
2016  financial  years.  There  are  no  assets  pledged  as  security  in  relation  to  the  unsecured  debt  in  the  2017  financial  year 
(2016: nil). 

104 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

21. 

Capital management (continued) 

(b) 

Dividends  

Ordinary shares 

Dividends paid by Super Retail Group Limited during the financial year were as 
follows: 

Final dividend for the period ended 2 July 2016 of 21.5 cents per share (2015: 21.5 
cents per share) paid on 7 October 2016.  Fully franked based on tax paid @ 30% 

Interim dividend for the period ended 31 December 2016 of 21.5 cents (2016: 20.0 
cents per share) paid on 7 April 2017.  Fully franked based on tax paid @ 30% 

Total dividends provided and paid 

Dividends paid in cash or satisfied by the issue of shares under the dividend 
reinvestment plan were as follows: 

-  paid in cash 

- 

satisfied by issue of shares purchased on market 

Dividends not recognised at year end 
Subsequent to year end, the Directors have declared the payment of a final dividend 
of  25.0  cents  per  ordinary  share  (2016:  21.5  cents  per  ordinary  share),  fully  franked 
based on tax paid at 30%. 
The aggregate amount of the dividend expected to be paid on 6 October 2017, out 
of retained profits as at 1 July 2017, but not recognised as a liability at year end, is 

Franking credits 
The franked portions of dividends paid after 1 July 2017 will be franked out of existing 
franking credits and out of franking credits arising from the payments of income tax in 
the years ending after 1 July 2017. 
Franking credits remaining at balance date available for dividends declared after the 
current balance date based on a tax rate of 30%  

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

42.4 

42.4 

84.8 

76.0 

8.8 

84.8 

42.4 

39.5 

81.9 

72.3 

9.6 

81.9 

49.3 

42.4 

132.3 

121.9 

The above amounts represent the balance of the franking account as at the end of the financial period, adjusted for: 

-     franking credits that will arise from the payment of the current tax liability; and 

-     franking debits that will arise from the payment of the dividend as a liability at the reporting date. 

The amount recorded above as the franking credit amount is based on the amount of Australian income tax paid or to be 
paid in respect of the liability for income tax at the balance date. 

The impact on the franking account of the dividend recommended by the directors since year end will be a reduction in 
the  franking  account  of  $21,132,859  (2016:  $18,168,481).    The  recommended  dividend  has  not  been  recognised  as  a 
liability at year end. 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Dividend distribution 
Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the 
discretion of the entity, on or before the end of the financial period but not distributed at balance date. 

22. 

Related party transactions 

Transactions with related parties are at arm’s length unless otherwise stated. 

(a) 
The parent entity within the Group is Super Retail Group Limited, which is the ultimate Australian parent. 

Parent entities 

(b) 
Interests in subsidiaries are set out in note 26 – Investments in controlled entities. 

Subsidiaries 

(c) 
Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 27 – Key management personnel disclosures. 

Key Management Personnel 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

22. 

Related party transactions (continued) 

Directors 

(d) 
The names of the persons who were Directors of Super Retail Group Limited during the financial period are R J Wright, R  A 
Rowe, R J Skippen, S A Pitkin, D J Eilert, L K Inman, H L Mowlem and P A Birtles. 

(e) 
Amounts due from Directors of the consolidated entity and their director-related entities are shown below in note 22(f). 

Amounts due from related parties 

(f) 

Loans to / (from) Related Parties 

Loans to / (from) Related Parties 
Loan to related parties(1) 

2017 
$ 

2016 
$ 

321,094 

259,088 

 (1)  Loans  to  James  Woodford  Pty  Ltd,  an  entity  with  a  non-controlling  interest  in  Youcamp  Pty  Ltd,  a  controlled  entity  of  the  Group  and 
Australian Creatives Online Pty Ltd, an entity with a non-controlling interest in Autoguru Australia Pty Ltd (previously Fixed Price Car Service Pty 
Ltd),  a  controlled  entity  of  the  Group.  These  loans  were  extended  as  part  of  the  Group’s  acquisition  arrangements  with  Youcamp  Pty  Ltd 
and  Autoguru  Australia  Pty  Ltd,  refer  to  note  23(c)  -  Business  combinations.    These  loans  are  deemed  to  be  on  an  arms-length  basis, 
attracting interest at a rate of 7.0% (2016: 7.0%). 

Transactions with other related parties 

(g) 
Aggregate amounts included in the determination of profit from ordinary activities 
before income tax that resulted from transactions with related parties: 

Purchase of goods and services 

Store lease payment(1) 

2017 
$ 

2016 
$ 

11,372,354 

12,064,672 

(1) Rent on properties, with rates which are deemed to be on an arms-length basis.  Rent payable at year-end was nil (2016: nil). 

23. 

Business combinations 

2017 
The Group’s subsidiaries at 1 July 2017 are as detailed in note 26 - Investments in controlled entities.  With the exception of 
changes to the Group’s ownership interest in Autoguru Australia Pty Ltd (previously Fixed Price Car Service Australia Pty Ltd) 
detailed below, there were no other changes to the Group’s ownership interest in these entities. 

Autoguru Australia Pty Ltd (previously Fixed Price Car Service Australia Pty Ltd) 

(a) 
On 5 August 2016, the shareholders of Autoguru Australia Pty Ltd (previously Fixed Price Car Service Australia Pty Ltd), entered 
into  an  agreement  to  issue  shares  resulting  in  an  increase  in  the  Group’s  ownership  interest  to  63.1%  from  61.85%.    In 
recognising  the  change in  ownership,  the  Group  reassessed the  value  of  the  Group’s non-controlling interest  (NCI)  held in 
Equity  Reserves  at  the  grant  date,  5  August  2016,  to  reflect  the  change  in  NCI  from  38.15%  to  36.9%.  The  differential  was 
transferred to a separate NCI Equity Reserve.   

2016 
During the 2016 financial year the Group changed its ownership interest in Infinite Retail Pty Ltd and Autoguru Australia Pty 
Ltd as detailed below. 

Infinite Retail Pty Ltd 

(b) 
On  4  November  2015,  the  shareholders  of  Infinite  Retail  Pty  Ltd,  entered  into  an  agreement  resulting  in  an  increase  in  the 
Group’s ownership interest to 95% from 50.05%.  In recognising the change in ownership, the Group reassessed the value of 
the Group’s non-controlling interest (NCI) held in Equity Reserves at the grant date, 4 November 2015, to reflect the change 
in NCI from 49.95% to 5%. The differential was transferred to a separate NCI Equity Reserve. 

Autoguru Australia Pty Ltd (previously Fixed Price Car Service Australia Pty Ltd) 

(c) 
On 12 May 2016, the shareholders of Auto Guru Pty Ltd, entered into an agreement to issue shares resulting in an increase in 
the  Group’s  ownership  interest  to  61.5%  from  51%  for  a  total  consideration  of  $1.0  million.    In  recognising  the  change  in 
ownership, the Group reassessed the value of the Group’s non-controlling interest (NCI) held in Equity Reserves at the grant 
date, 12 May 2016, to reflect the change in NCI from 49% to 38.15%.  The differential was transferred to a separate NCI Equity 
Reserve. 

106 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

24. 

Deed of cross guarantee 

Super  Retail  Group  Limited,  A-Mart  All  Sports  Pty  Ltd,  Auto  Trade  Direct  Pty  Ltd,  Workout  World  Pty  Ltd,  Coyote  Retail  Pty 
Limited, Foghorn Holdings Pty Ltd, Goldcross Cycles Pty Ltd, Ray’s Outdoors Pty Ltd, Rebel Pty Ltd, Rebel Group Limited, Rebel 
Management Services Pty Limited, Rebel Sport Limited, Rebel Wholesale Pty Limited, Rebelsport.com Pty Limited, SCA Equity 
Plan Pty Ltd, SRG Leisure Retail Pty Ltd, SRGS Pty Ltd, Super Cheap Auto Pty Ltd, Super Retail Commercial Pty Ltd and Super 
Retail Group Services Pty Ltd are parties to a Deed of Cross Guarantee under which each company guarantees the debts of 
the  others.  By  entering  into  the  Deed,  the  wholly  owned  entities  have  been  relieved  from  the  requirement  to  prepare  a 
financial report and directors’ report under ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785 issued by the 
Australian Securities and Investments Commission. 

(a) 

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statement and Summary of Movements in Consolidated Retained Earnings 

The above companies represent a Closed Group for the purposes of the Class Order, and as there are no other parties to the 
Deed of Cross Guarantee that are controlled by Super Retail Group Limited, they also represent the Extended Closed Group. 

Set out below is a consolidated comprehensive income statement and a summary of movements in consolidated retained 
earnings for the period ended 1 July 2017 of the Closed Group. 

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statement 

Revenue from continuing operations 

Other income from continuing operations 

Total revenues and other income 

Cost of sales of goods 

Other expenses from ordinary activities 

  -  selling and distribution 

  - marketing 

  - occupancy 

  - administration 

Net finance costs 

Total expenses 

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the period 

Statement of comprehensive income 
Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive income 
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss 
Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges 

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings 
Retained profits at the beginning of the financial period 
Profit for the period 
Dividends paid  

Retained profits at the end of the financial period 

2017 

$m 

2,323.9 

1.3 

2,325.2 

2016 

$m 

2,284.4 

1.5 

2,285.9 

(1,281.5) 

(1,278.2) 

(306.6) 

(79.0) 

(186.4) 

(317.2) 

(16.3) 

(299.1) 

(82.0) 

(207.4) 

(299.0) 

(19.1) 

(2,187.0) 

(2,184.8) 

138.2 

(39.0) 

99.2 

101.1 

(28.8) 

72.3 

99.2 

72.3 

3.4 

3.4 

102.6 

194.2 
99.2 
(84.8) 

208.6 

(7.5) 

(7.5) 

64.8 

203.8 
72.3 
(81.9) 

194.2 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

24. 

Deed of cross guarantee (continued) 

(b) 

Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Set out below is a consolidated balance sheet as at 1 July 2017 of the Closed Group. 

2017 
$m 
13.9 
44.3 
454.1 

512.3 

37.7 
250.9 
742.1 

1,030.7 

1,543.0 

237.6 
2.6 
2.2 
3.1 
58.8 

304.3 

43.3 
397.9 
18.2 
20.1 

479.5 

783.8 

759.2 

542.3 
8.3 
208.6 

759.2 

2016 
$m 
10.7 
44.7 
469.9 

525.3 

37.5 
223.3 
764.3 

1,025.1 

1,550.4 

232.8 
5.6 
6.6 
8.0 
55.1 

308.1 

40.7 
410.0 
25.6 
26.6 

502.9 

811.0 

739.4 

542.3 
2.9 
194.2 

739.4 

ASSETS 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
Other financial assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing liabilities  
Current tax liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Provisions 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

NET ASSETS 

EQUITY 
Contributed equity 
Reserves 
Retained profits 

TOTAL EQUITY 

108 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

25. 

Parent entity financial information 

The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts: 

Balance Sheet 

Current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

NET ASSETS 

Contributed equity 

Reserves 

-  share-based payments 

-  cash flow hedges 

Retained earnings 

Total Equity 

Profit after tax for the period 

Total comprehensive income 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2017 
$m 

201.0 

1,005.7 

27.0 

416.4 

589.3 

542.3 

10.5 

(1.2) 

37.7 

589.3 

96.5 

98.0 

2016 
$m 

224.2 

1,026.3 

42.2 

452.2 

574.1 

542.3 

8.5 

(2.7) 

26.0 

574.1 

56.8 

57.0 

Parent entity financial information 
The financial information for the parent entity, Super Retail Group Limited has been prepared on the same basis as the 
consolidated financial statements, except as set out below. 

Investments in subsidiaries  
Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost in the financial statements of Super Retail Group Limited. 

Tax consolidation legislation 
Super Retail  Group  Limited  and its wholly-owned  Australian controlled  entities  have implemented  the  tax  consolidation 
legislation. 

The head entity, Super Retail Group Limited, and the controlled entities in the tax consolidated group account for current 
and deferred tax amounts under the Separate taxpayer within Group approach in accordance with AASB Interpretation 
1052, Tax Consolidation Accounting.  

In  addition  to  its  own  current  and  deferred  tax  amounts,  Super  Retail  Group  Limited  also  recognises  the  current  tax 
liabilities  (or  assets)  and  the  deferred  tax  assets  arising  from  unused  tax  losses  and  unused  tax  credits  assumed  from 
controlled entities in the tax consolidated group. 

The  entities  have  also  entered  into  a  tax  funding  agreement  under  which  the  wholly-owned  entities  fully  compensate 
Super Retail Group Limited for any current tax payable assumed and are compensated by Super Retail Group Limited for 
any current tax receivable and deferred tax assets relating to unused tax losses or unused tax credits that are transferred 
to Super Retail Group Limited under the tax consolidation legislation.  The funding amounts are determined by reference 
to the amounts recognised in the wholly-owned entities’ financial statements.  

The amounts receivable/payable under the tax funding agreement are due upon receipt of the funding advice from the 
head entity, which is issued as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year.  The head entity may also require 
payment of interim funding amounts to assist with its obligations to pay tax instalments. 

Assets  or  liabilities  arising  under  tax  funding  agreements  with  the  tax  consolidated  entities  are  recognised  as  current 
amounts receivable from or payable to other entities in the Group.  Any difference between the amounts assumed and 
amounts  receivable  or  payable  under  the  tax  funding  agreement  are  recognised  as  a  contribution  to  (or  distribution 
from) wholly-owned tax consolidated entities. 

Financial guarantees 
Where  the  parent  entity  has  provided  financial  guarantees  in  relation  to  loans  and  payables  of  subsidiaries  for  no 
compensation, the fair values of these guarantees are accounted for as contributions and recognised as part of the cost 
of the investment. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

26. 

Investments in controlled entities 

The  Group’s  subsidiaries  at  1  July  2017  are  set  out  below.    Unless  otherwise  stated,  they  have  share  capital  consisting  of 
ordinary shares that are held directly by the Group, and the proportion of ownership interests held equals the voting rights 
held by the Group.  The country of incorporation is also their principal place of business. 

Name of Entity 

A-Mart All Sports Pty Ltd(1) 

Autoguru Australia Pty Ltd(2)(3) 

Auto Trade Direct (NZ) Limited 

Auto Trade Direct Pty Ltd(1)  

BCF New Zealand Limited 

Workout World Pty Limited(1)(4) 

Coyote Retail Pty Limited(1) 

FCO New Zealand Limited 

Foghorn Holdings Pty Ltd(1) 

Goldcross Cycles Pty Ltd(1) 

Infinite Retail Pty Ltd 

VBM Retail (HK) Limited(5) 

Infinite Retail UK Limited(5) 

VBM Retail NZ Limited(5) 

Oceania Bicycles Pty Ltd(1) 

Oceania Bicycles Limited (6)  

Ray’s Outdoors New Zealand Limited 

Ray’s Outdoors Pty Ltd(1) 

Rebel Pty Ltd(1)(7) 

Rebel Group Limited(1) 

Rebel Management Services Pty Limited(1) 

Rebel Sport Limited(1) 

Rebel Wholesale Pty Limited(1) 

Rebelsport.com Pty Limited(1) 

SCA Equity Plan Pty Ltd 

SRG Leisure Retail Pty Ltd(1)  

SRGS (New Zealand) Limited  

SRGS Pty Ltd(1) 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Australia 

Australia 

New Zealand 

Australia 

New Zealand 

Australia 

Australia 

New Zealand 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Hong Kong 

United Kingdom 

New Zealand 

Australia 

New Zealand 

New Zealand 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Principal Activities 

Sports retail 

Auto services 

Auto retail 

Auto retail 

Leisure retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Leisure retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Leisure retail 

Leisure retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Investments 

Leisure retail 

New Zealand 

Product acquisition and distribution 

Australia 

Product acquisition and distribution 

Super Cheap Auto (New Zealand) Pty Ltd 

New Zealand 

Super Cheap Auto Pty Ltd(1) 

Super Retail Commercial Pty Ltd(1) 

Super Retail Group Services (New Zealand) 

Limited 

Australia 

Australia 

Auto retail 

Auto retail 

Auto retail 

New Zealand 

Support services 

Super Retail Group Services Pty Ltd(1) 

Super Retail Group Trading (Shanghai) Ltd 

Australia 

China 

Support services 

Product sourcing 

Equity Holding 

2017 
% 

100 

63.1 

2016 
% 

100 

61.85 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

95 

95 

95 

95 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

95 

95 

95 

95 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

Youcamp Pty Ltd 
(1)  These  controlled  entities  have  been  granted  relief  from  the  necessity  to  prepare  financial  reports  in  accordance  with  ASIC  Corporations 

Leisure services 

Australia 

51 

51 

(Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785 issued  by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. 

(2) Previously known as Fixed Price Car Service Australia Pty Ltd. 
(3)  On  5  August  2016,  the  shareholders  of  Autoguru  Australia  Pty  Ltd  (previously  Fixed  Price  Car  Service  Australia  Pty  Ltd),  entered  into  an 

agreement resulting in an increase in the Group’s ownership interest to 63.1% from 61.85%.  Refer to note 23 - Business combinations. 

(4) Previously known as Coyote Retail Investments Pty Limited. 
(5) Investment is held directly by Infinite Retail Pty Ltd. 
(6) Investment is held directly by Oceania Bicycles Pty Ltd. 
(7) Previously known as Quinns Rock Pty Ltd. 

110 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

27. 

Key management personnel disclosures 

(a) 

Key management personnel compensation 

Short-term employee benefits 

Long-term employee benefits 

Post-employment benefits 

Share-based payments 

2017 

$ 

2016 

$ 

7,003,923 

6,358,770 

49,283 

190,475 

1,085,428 

8,329,109 

51,826 

221,046 

453,190 

7,084,832 

The key management personnel remuneration in some instances has been paid by a subsidiary. 

Loans to key management personnel 
There were no loans to individuals at any time. 

Other transactions with key management personnel 
Aggregate amounts of each of the above types of other transactions with key management personnel of Super Retail 
Group Limited: 

Amounts paid to key management personnel as shareholders 

Dividends  

2017 

$ 

2016 

$ 

26,392,262 

25,261,350 

28. 

Share-based payments 

(a) 

Executive Performance Rights 

The Company has established the Super Retail Group Executive Performance Rights Plan (Performance Rights) to assist in the 
retention  and motivation  of executives  of  Super Retail  Group  (Participants).    It is intended  that  the Performance  Rights will 
enable  the  Company  to  retain  and  attract  skilled  and  experienced  executives  and  provide  them  with  the  motivation  to 
enhance the success of the Company. 

Under the Performance Rights, rights may be offered to Participants selected by the Board.  Unless otherwise determined by 
the Board, no payment is required for the grant of rights under the Rights Plan.   

Subject to any adjustment in the event of a bonus issue, each right is an option to subscribe for one Share.  Upon the exercise 
of a right by a Participant, each Share issued will rank equally with other Shares of the Company. 

Performance  Rights  issued  under  the  plan  may  not  be  transferred  unless  approved  by  the  Board.    The  table  below 
summarises rights granted under the plan. 

Number of Rights Issued  

Grant Date 
2017 
1 September 2011 
1 September 2012 
1 September 2013 
1 September 2014 
1 September 2015 
1 September 2016 

2016 
1 September 2010 
1 September 2011 
1 September 2012 
1 September 2013 
1 September 2014 
1 September 2015 

Balance at 
start of the 
year 
(Number) 
62,702 
- 
368,508 
506,405 
575,615 
- 

Granted 
during the 
year 
(Number) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
571,775 

Exercised 
during the 
year 
(Number) 
(62,702) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Forfeited 
during the 
year 
(Number) 
- 
- 
(368,508) 
(26,681) 
(29,115) 
- 

Balance at 
the end of 
the year 
(Number) 
- 
- 
- 
479,724 
546,500 
571,775 

Unvested at 
the end of 
the year 
(Number) 
- 
- 
- 
479,724 
546,500 
571,775 

1,513,230 

571,775 

(62,702) 

(424,304) 

1,597,999 

1,597,999 

80,980 
131,535 
448,156 
403,999 
561,081 
- 
1,625,751 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
621,365 

621,365 

(80,980) 
(65,767) 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
(3,066) 
(448,156) 
(35,491) 
(54,676) 
(45,750) 

- 
62,702 
- 
368,508 
506,405 
575,615 

- 
62,702 
- 
368,508 
506,405 
575,615 

(146,747) 

(587,139) 

1,513,230 

1,513,230 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

28. 

Share-based payments (continued) 

(b) 

Executive Option Plan 

The  Company  has  established  the  Super  Retail  Group  Executive  Share  Option  Plan  (Option  Plan).    The  Company  had 
established the Option Plan to assist in the retention and motivation of executives of Super Retail Group (Participants).  It is 
intended  that  the  Option  Plan  will  enable  the  Company  to  retain  and  attract  skilled  and  experienced  executives  and 
provide them with the motivation to enhance the success of the Company. 

Under the Option Plan, options may be offered to Participants selected by the Board.  Unless otherwise determined by the 
Board, no payment is required for the grant of options under the Option Plan.    

Subject  to  any  adjustment  in  the  event  of  a  bonus  issue,  each  option  is  an  option  to  subscribe  for  one  Share.    Upon  the 
exercise of an option by a Participant, each Share issued will rank equally with other Shares of the Company. 

Options issued under the Option Plan may not be transferred unless the Board determines otherwise.  The Company has no 
obligation to apply for quotation of the options on ASX.  However, the Company must apply to the ASX for official quotation 
of Shares issued on the exercise of the options. 

There were no options granted under the Option Plan during the 2017 financial year (2016: nil). 

Fair value of options granted 
The fair value at grant date is independently determined using a Binomial option pricing model that takes into account the 
exercise price, the term of the option, the impact of dilution, the share price at grant date and expected price volatility of 
the underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate for the term of the option. 

The expected price volatility is based on the historic volatility (based on the remaining life of the options), adjusted for any 
expected changes to future volatility due to publicly available information. 

At any one time, the total number of options on issue under the Performance Rights or Option Plan that have neither been 
exercised nor lapsed will not exceed 5.0% of the total number of shares in the capital of the Company on issue. 

Expenses arising from share based payments transactions: 

Executive Performance Rights 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2017 
$m 
2.0 

2016 
$m 
0.7 

Share-based payments 
Share-based compensation benefits are provided to certain employees via the Super Retail Group Executive Option Plan 
and Super Retail Group Performance Rights Plan. 

The  fair  value  of  options  and  performance  rights  granted  under  these  plans  are  recognised  as  an  employee  benefit 
expense with a corresponding increase in equity.  The fair value is measured at grant date and recognised over the period 
during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. 

For share options and performance rights, the fair value at grant date is determined using a Binomial option pricing model 
that  takes  into  account  the  exercise  price,  the  term  of  the  option,  the  vesting  and  performance  criteria,  the  impact  of 
dilution,  the  non-tradeable  nature  of  the  option,  the  share  price  at  grant  date  and  expected  price  volatility  of  the 
underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate for the term of the option. 

The fair value of the options granted excludes the impact of any non-market vesting conditions (for example, profitability 
and sales growth targets).  Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that 
are expected to become exercisable.  At each statement of financial position date, the entity revises its estimate of the 
number  of  options  and  performance  rights  that  are  expected  to  become  exercisable.    The  employee  benefit  expense 
recognised each period takes into account the most recent estimate. 

Upon exercise of the options and performance rights, the balance of the share-based payments reserve relating to those 
options remains in the share based reserve. 

112 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

29. 

Remuneration of auditors 

During the period the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related 
practices and non-related audit firms.   

(a) 
(i) 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 

Assurance services 

Audit and review of financial statements 

Audit and review of subsidiaries(1) 

Other assurance(2) 

Total remuneration for audit  and other assurance services 

(ii) 

Taxation services 

Tax compliance services, including review of Company income tax returns(3) 

Customs Advice 

Total remuneration for taxation services 

(iii) 

Other services 

Digital innovation support(4) 

Business review of subsidiary 

Total remuneration for advisory services 

Total remuneration of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 

(b)  Network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 
(i) 

Taxation services 

Tax compliance services, including review of Company income tax returns 

Total remuneration for taxation services 

Total remuneration of network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 

Total auditors’ remuneration 
(1) Audit and review of subsidiaries included in Group audit and review of financial statements in 2017. 
(2) Increase due to Risk Appetite design services in 2017. 
(3) Decrease due to indirect taxes review conducted in 2016. 
(4) Engagement in relation to digital capability analysis and support awarded under a competitive tender. 

2017 
$ 

2016 
$ 

492,100 

- 

191,700 

683,800 

113,368 

- 

113,368 

423,700 

88,230 

53,500 

565,430 

211,244 

4,590 

215,834 

- 

340,290 

50,000 

50,000 

847,168 

- 

340,290 

1,121,554 

66,803 

66,803 

66,803 

33,845 

33,845 

33,845 

913,971 

1,155,399 

It is  the  Group’s policy  to  employ  PricewaterhouseCoopers  on  assignments  additional  to  their  statutory  audit  duties where 
PricewaterhouseCoopers’  expertise  and  experience  with  the  Group  are  important.    These  assignments  are  principally  tax 
advice  and  due  diligence  reporting  on  acquisitions,  or  where  PricewaterhouseCoopers  is  awarded  assignments  on  a 
competitive basis.  It is the Group’s policy to seek competitive tenders for all major consulting projects. 

30. 

Contingencies 

Guarantees 
Guarantees issued by the bankers of the Group in support of various rental  
arrangements.  

The maximum future rental payments guaranteed amount to: 

3.4 

3.7 

From time to time the Group is subject to legal claims as a result of its operations.  An immaterial contingent liability may exist 
for any exposure over and above current provisioning levels. 

2017 

$m 

2016 

$m 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 113 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

31. 

Commitments 

Capital commitments 
Commitments for the acquisition of plant and equipment contracted for at the 
reporting date but not recognised as liabilities payable: 

Within one year 

Total capital commitments 

Lease commitments 
Commitments in relation to operating lease payments for property and motor vehicles 
under non-cancellable operating leases are payable as follows: 

Within one year 

Later than one year but not later than five years 

Later than five years 

Less lease straight lining adjustment (note 11) 

Total lease commitments 

Future minimum lease payments expected to be received in relation to non-
cancellable sub-leases of operating leases 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

3.5 

3.5 

4.0 

4.0 

205.4 

625.7 

162.0 

(48.3) 

944.8 

3.9 

202.0 

596.7 

157.1 

(45.8) 

910.0 

2.5 

The Group leases various offices, warehouses and retail stores under non-cancellable operating leases. The leases have 
varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. On renewal the terms of the leases are renegotiated.   

Finance leases 
The Group leases various plant and equipment with a carrying amount of $11.2 million (2016: $1.2 million) under finance 
leases expiring within five years. 

Commitments in relation to finance leases are payable as follows: 

Within one year 

Later than one year but not later than five years 

Minimum lease payments 

Future finance charges 

Total lease liabilities 

Representing lease liabilities: 

Current (note 12) 

Non-current (note 12) 

32. 

Net tangible asset backing  

Net tangible asset per ordinary share 

2017 
$m 

2.9 

9.0 

11.9 

(0.7) 

11.2 

2.6 

8.6 

11.2 

2017 

Cents 

$0.34 

2016 
$m 

0.8 

- 

0.8 

- 

0.8 

0.8 

- 

0.8 

2016 

Cents 

$0.18 

Net tangible asset per ordinary share is calculated based on Net Assets of $754.6 million (2016: $734.0 million) less intangible 
assets  of  $750.1  million  (2016:  $772.4  million)  adjusted  for  the  associated  deferred  tax  liability  of  $62.9  million  (2016:  $74.1 
million).  The number of shares used in the calculation was 197,240,020 (2016: 197,177,318). 

33. 

Events occurring after balance date 

The  Group  has  undertaken  a  review of  the  strategy  for its  Sports  Division  recognising  that  the  dynamics  of  the  sports  retail 
market  are  set  to  evolve  in  the  next  few  years.    As  such  the  Group  has  concluded  that  the  optimal  strategy  to  sustain  its 
position as the market leader in sports retailing will be to focus on strengthening one retail brand.  Therefore the Group will 
commence  a  program  of  converting  all  Amart  Sports  stores  to  Rebel with  a  target  of  presenting  one  brand  to  market  by 
November 2017 as announced to the market on 25 July 2017.  This is considered to be an adjusting event for the purposes of 
the 2017 financial statements and as such the Group has recognised after tax costs of $34.0 million in the 2017 financial year 
associated with the Sports business transformation.  

114 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION 

In the Directors’ opinion: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

the  financial statements  and  notes  set  out  on  pages  64  to  114  are in  accordance with  the Corporations Act  2001, 
including: 
(i) 

complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional 
reporting requirements; and 
giving  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  consolidated  entity's  financial  position  as  at  1  July  2017  and  of  its 
performance for the financial period ended on that date; and 

(ii) 

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become 
due and payable; and 
at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Extended Closed 
Group  identified  in  note  24  will  be  able  to  meet  any  obligations  or  liabilities  to  which  they  are,  or  may  become, 
subject by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee described in note 24. 

Note  2(a)  confirms  that  the  financial  statements  also  comply with International  Financial Reporting  Standards as issued  by 
the International Accounting Standards Board. 

The  Directors  have  been  given  the  declarations  by  the  Group  Managing  Director  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  required  by 
section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the directors. 

R J Wright 
Director 

Brisbane 
24 August 2017 

P A Birtles 
Director 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 115 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent auditor’s report 
To the shareholders of Super Retail Group Limited 

Report on the audit of the financial report 

Our opinion 

In our opinion: 

The accompanying financial report of Super Retail Group Limited (the Company) and its controlled 
entities (together the Group) is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

• 

• 

giving a true and fair view of the Group's financial position as at 1 July 2017 and of its financial 
performance for the period 3 July 2016 to 1 July 2017 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

What we have audited 
The Group financial report comprises: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the consolidated balance sheet as at 1 July 2017 

the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the period 3 July 2016 to 1 July 2017 

the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the period 3 July 2016 to 1 July 2017 

the consolidated statement of cash flows for the period 3 July 2016 to 1 July 2017 

the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include a summary of significant 
accounting policies 

the directors’ declaration. 

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
report section of our report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion. 

Independence 
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical 
Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the Code) that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in accordance with the Code. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757 
480 Queen Street, BRISBANE  QLD  4000, GPO Box 150, BRISBANE  QLD  4001 
T: +61 7 3257 5000, F: +61 7 3257 5999, www.pwc.com.au 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

116 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
  
Our audit approach 

An audit is designed to provide reasonable assurance about whether the financial report is free from 
material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if 
individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of 
users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an 
opinion on the financial report as a whole, taking into account the geographic and management 
structure of the Group, its accounting processes and controls and the industry in which it operates. 

Materiality 

• 

For the purpose of our audit we used overall Group materiality of $9.2 million, which represents 
approximately 5% of the Group’s  profit before tax, adjusted for the impact of unusual occurring items (as 
described below). 

•  We applied this threshold, together with qualitative considerations, to determine the scope of our audit and 
the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements on the 
financial report as a whole. 

•  We chose Group profit before tax from continuing operations because, in our view, it is the benchmark 
against which the performance of the Group is most commonly measured. We adjusted for the pre-tax 
business restructuring costs as this is an unusual occurring item impacting profit and loss.   

•  We utilised a 5% threshold based on our professional judgement, noting it is within the range of commonly 

acceptable profit-related thresholds. 

Audit Scope 

•  Our audit focused on where the Group made subjective judgements; for example, significant accounting 

estimates involving assumptions and inherently uncertain future events. 

• 

The Group is segmented into three divisions – Auto, Leisure and Sports, and operates in three countries – 
Australia, New Zealand and China.  The financial report is a consolidation of wholly owned and controlled 
subsidiaries. The accounting processes happen at the Group finance function at its head office in Brisbane.  

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 117 

 
 
Our audit procedures were mostly performed at this head office and the support office in Sydney and also 
included site visits to stores and distribution centres in Australia and New Zealand to perform audit 
procedures over inventory. Our team included specialists in information technology and taxation and experts 
in actuarial and valuation. 

Key audit matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in 
our audit of the financial report for the current period. The key audit matters were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do 
not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Further, any commentary on the outcomes of a 
particular audit procedure is made in that context. We communicated the key audit matters to the 
Audit and Risk Committee. 

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Inventory valuation and provisions 
Refer to Note 8 (Inventories),  $481.5 million 

Stock loss provision 

The valuation of inventory and provisions for stock 
loss, stock valuation and attributable overheads was a 
key audit matter because of the judgements involved in 
the areas described below. 

Stock loss provision 

As inventory was counted by the Group on a cyclical 
basis during the period, rather than in full at the end of 
the period, the stock loss provision at 1 July 2017 
contained a degree of estimation as to the quantity and 
value of projected stock variances for items not counted 
at the period end date. 

Stock valuation provision 

Inventory was recognised at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value based on a rolling average selling price. 
The determination of the net realisable value of 
inventory of a seasonal and discontinued nature 
required a degree of estimation as to the clearance 
margin for these stock items at balance date. 

Attributable overheads  

There is judgement involved in how much of the 
directly attributable overheads associated with bringing 
inventory to its final destination for sale are recognised 

•  We attended a sample of store stock counts 

throughout the year at the Group’s retail stores 
and considered the results of stock counts not 
observed. 

• 

For a sample of retail stores, we agreed the last 
count date and inventory write down (at that date) 
used in the calculation of the period end provision, 
to the records of the last cycle count. 

•  We checked the mathematical accuracy of the 
calculation of the projected stock variance. 

Stock valuation provision 

• 

For a sample of individual products, we agreed the 
recognised costs to the relevant invoice and 
recalculated the allocation of directly attributable 
costs.  

•  We compared the carrying value at period end date 
to the most recent sales price for a sample of 
inventory items.  

• 

For a sample of seasonal and discontinued 
inventory items, we agreed the last stock 
movement date to the relevant invoice and 
assessed the mark down margin assigned to that 
stock item by checking the current retail prices of 

118 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

as part of the cost of inventory. 

the items in stores.  

Valuation of goodwill,  brand names and 
computer software 
Note 10 (Intangible assets) $447.6 million goodwill, 
$209.0 million brand names and $93.5 million 
computer software 

Goodwill and the Rebel Sport brand name $656.6m 

When the annual review for impairment was 
conducted, the recoverable amount for each cash 
generating unit (CGU) was determined based on a 
discounted cash flow valuation model which relied on 
the directors’ assumptions and estimates of future 
trading performance. The directors consider that each 
segment and brand name constitutes its own CGU. 

The key assumptions applied by the directors in the 
valuation models were:  

•  CGU-specific discount rates  

• 

• 

future revenue growth  

gross margin 

Amart Sports brand name $Nil 

The directors performed a strategic review of Amart 
Sports during 2017 and as a result, the Group will 
convert all Amart Sports stores to the Rebel brand with 

Attributable overheads 

•  On a sample basis, we considered the nature of 
overhead costs capitalised by reading their 
description on supporting documentation, having 
regard to the types of costs allowable by the 
accounting standards. 

•  We checked the mathematical accuracy of the 
calculation of the overhead costs attributed to 
inventory and agreed the amount to the accounting 
records.  

Goodwill and the Rebel Sport brand name 

We assessed the valuation models by:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

checking the mathematical accuracy of all 
calculations in the models  

assessing the discount rates used in the 
valuation models, with support from PwC 
valuation experts, by comparing the rates to 
our internal benchmark data 

comparing the forecasted growth rates to 
relevant historical Group and industry data 
and industry forecasts 

comparing the gross margins to historical 
Group data 

evaluating the information included in the 
valuation models against our knowledge of the 
Group gained through reviewing the strategic 
initiatives and meeting with managing 
directors and commercial managers from each 
segment 

stress-testing the key assumptions in the 
models, including: future revenue growth, 
trading margins and discount rates; and 
noting that the valuation under these 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 119 

 
 
Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

a target of presenting one brand to market by 31 
October 2017.  The recoverable amount for the Amart 
Sports brand name was determined based on a 
valuation model adopting a ‘relief from royalty’ method 
commonly applied to the valuation of brand names. 
The Group engaged an external expert to assist with the 
valuation of this brand. 

This was a key audit matter because of the judgements 
involved in determining the discount rate, the 
estimated future revenue growth and the potential 
future return from use of the brand name. 

Computer software $93.5m 

The Group has undertaken significant development of 
software in relation to the multi-channel customer 
programme and multi-channel supply chain and 
inventory programme.  The valuation of computer 
software was a key audit matter because of the 
judgments involved in assessing whether the 
recognition criteria of Australian Accounting Standards 
had been met and in estimating the useful life of 
software. 

sensitivities was within an acceptable range, 
which was determined taking into account 
market data and historical data. 

Amart Sports brand name 

We performed the following word in respect of the 
Group’s recoverable value of the brand: 

•  we checked the mathematical accuracy of the 

model  

•  we assessed the discount rates applied in the 

valuation model, by comparing the rates to 
our internal benchmark data 

•  we compared the forecasted revenue growth 

rate used in the model to relevant industry 
data  

•  we assessed the potential future return rate 

used in the model by comparing it to industry 
benchmark data 

•  we assessed the competence, capabilities, 
objectivity and independence of external 
expert engaged by the Group 

•  we considered the valuation approach and 

methodology adopted by the external expert 
and found them to be consistent with 
commonly accepted valuation approaches 
used in the industry.  

Computer software 

For a sample of software capitalised during the period, 
we performed he following procedures, amongst 
others: 

• 

• 

assessed the nature of the costs capitalised in 
light of the requirements of Australian 
Accounting Standards  

evaluated the reasonableness of the estimated 

120 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

useful life estimated for software by 
comparing it to industry benchmark data.   

Valuation of property, plant and equipment   
Note 9 (Property, plant and equipment) $264.5 million 

We performed the following procedures, amongst 
others:  

• 

• 

obtained management’s assessment of the 
profitability of all individual stores and their 
contribution to the Group  

considered and discussed the strategic 
initiatives for stores with negative 
contributions to the Group during meetings 
with commercial managers for each brand. 

In light of the continued competitive environment in 
which the Group operated, there was a risk that the 
carrying value of store fixed assets and corporate assets 
may have been higher than the recoverable amount and 
therefore the Group performed impairment tests of its 
CGUs.  The directors determined that each retail store 
represented a separate CGU when undertaking the 
impairment tests. Corporate assets were included 
within the valuation assessment of the key segments 
(sports, leisure and auto).  

The key assumptions and judgements applied by the 
directors in the impairment tests were:  

• 

• 

the individual retail store contribution margin 

the strategic initiatives in place for individual 
stores with negative Group contribution 
margins.  

Onerous contracts 
Note 14 (Provisions) $10.4 million 

We performed the following procedures, among other 
things, over the Group’s calculations and assumptions:  

The directors performed a strategic review of the 
Group’s brands at 2 July 2016 and recognised a 
provision for onerous contracts relating to the Ray’s 
Outdoors brand for leases on closed retail stores.  

The key assumptions applied by the directors in the 
onerous contract provision were: 

• 

• 

the estimate of unavoidable costs relating to 
the store leases  

the lease expiry period 

• 

• 

• 

• 

for a sample of store leases, checked that the 
costs included within the provision were 
unavoidable future costs based on the 
nature/description and our knowledge of the 
contracts 

agreed a sample of estimates of unavoidable 
costs to relevant invoices and lease 
agreements 

checked the lease expiry period to the lease 
agreements for a sample of leases 

compared the discount rate applied in the 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

• 

the discount rate used. 

calculation to the government bond rate, 
which we consider was an appropriate 
benchmark rate. 

Other information 

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises Performance 
Trends, Contents, Our Business, Our Network, Chair’s Message, CEO’s Message, Strategy & 
Performance, Our Customer Journey, Board of Directors, Group Executive Team, Our Team, 
Sustainability, Directors’ Report, Shareholder Information and Corporate Directory included in the 
Group’s annual report for the period from 3 July 2016 to 1 July 2017 but does not include the financial 
report and our auditor’s report thereon. 

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and accordingly we do not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information 
identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. 

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial report 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the 
financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 

122 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material 
if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial report is located at the 
Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website at: 
http://www.auasb.gov.au/auditors_responsibilities/ar1.pdf. This description forms part of our 
auditor's report. 

Report on the remuneration report 

Our opinion on the remuneration report 

We have audited the remuneration report included in pages 45 to 60 of the Directors’ Report for the 
period 3 July 2016 to 1 July 2017. 

In our opinion, the remuneration report of Super Retail Group Limited for the period 3 July 2016 to 1 
July 2017 complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Responsibilities 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the 
remuneration report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility 
is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with 
Australian Auditing Standards.  

PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Kim Challenor 
Partner 

Brisbane 
24 August 2017 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 123 

 
 
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

The shareholder information set out below was applicable as at 21 August 2017. 

Number of Shareholders 
There were 9,509 shareholders, holding 197,240,020 fully paid ordinary shares. 

A. 

Distribution of equity securities 

Analysis of numbers of equity security holders by size of holding: 

Range 

1-1000 

1,001-5,000 

5,001-10,000 

10,001-100,000 

100,001 and over 

Total 

Ordinary Shareholders 

Performance Rights &  
Option holders 

4,606 

3,949 

601 

308 

45 

9,509 

- 

4 

38 

10 

1 

53 

There were 593 holders of less than a marketable parcel of ordinary shares. 

B. 

Equity security holders 

The names of the twenty largest holders of quoted equity securities are listed below: 

Name 

SCA FT PTY LTD  

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED  

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED  

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED  

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD  

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD  
BOND STREET CUSTODIANS LIMITED(MACQ HIGH CONV FUND) & BOND STREET 
CUSTODIANS LIMITED  

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED-GSCO ECA  

BNP PARIBAS NOMS (NZ) LTD  

MR PETER ALAN BIRTLES  

MR PETER ALAN BIRTLES  

SBN NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD  

EQUITAS NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

SCCASP HOLDINGS PTY LTD 

EQUITAS NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

EQUITAS NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

Ordinary shares 

Number held 

Percentage of 
issued shares 

57,075,423 

33,214,668 

26,694,854 

13,626,068 

10,956,655 

7,862,255 

6,918,436 

2,378,729 

1,945,086 

1,194,300 

1,149,829 

851,295 

675,000 

665,000 

626,900 

604,368 

591,159 

578,703 

567,302 

547,135 

28.94% 

16.84% 

13.53% 

6.91% 

5.55% 

3.99% 

3.51% 

1.21% 

0.99% 

0.61% 

0.58% 

0.43% 

0.34% 

0.34% 

0.32% 

0.31% 

0.30% 

0.29% 

0.29% 

0.28% 

168,723,165 

85.54% 

124 Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION (continued) 
For the period ended 1 July 2017 

C. 

Substantial shareholdings 

As at 21 August 2017, there are two substantial shareholders that the Company is aware of: 

Name 

SCA FT PTY LTD  

UBS GROUP AG & ITS RELATED BODIES CORPORATE  

D. 

Unquoted equity securities 

Ordinary shares 
Number held 

Percentage of issued 
shares 

Date of most  
Recent notice 

56,954,670 

10,146,973 

28.99% 

5.14% 

02/08/2013 

03/04/2017 

As at 21 August 2017, there were 1,078,275 unlisted performance rights, granted to 53 holders, over unissued ordinary shares 
in the Company. 

E. 

Voting rights 

The voting rights relating to each class of equity securities is as follows: 

a)  Ordinary Shares 
On a show of hands at a General Meeting of the Company, every member present in person or by proxy shall have one vote 
and upon poll each person present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for each ordinary share held. 

b)  Options and Performance Rights 
Performance Rights and Options do not have any voting rights. 

F. 

Market buy-back 

There is currently no on market buy-back. 

Super Retail Group Limited • Annual Report 2017 125 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERFORMANCE TRENDS

FINANCIAL

REPORTED SALES 
($M)

REPORTED TOTAL  
SEGMENT EBIT 
($M)

REPORTED EPS  
(C)

DIVIDEND  
(C)

REPORTED  
POST TAX ROC  
(%)

NORMALISED ROE 
(%)

JUN 08

JUN 09

JUN 10

JUN 11

JUN 12

JUN 13

JUN 14

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

715

829

938

1,092

1,654

2,020

2,112

2,239

2,422

2,466

45.7

55.1

65.8

87.5

140.7

172.3

182.6

170.2

175.3

207.3

22.6

28.1

32.1

40.9

46.4

52.3

55.1

49.4

31.8

51.6

13.0

18.0

21.5

29.0

32.0

38.0

40.0

40.0

41.5

46.5

14.1

15.4

16.8

17.3

15.9

12.6

11.3

10.6

10.7

13.0

19.8

22.0

18.8

19.4

19.5

16.1

14.5

13.9

14.5

18.2

CUSTOMER

TEAM

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

AVERAGE NPS

36.9%

43.1%

53.5%

TEAM  
ENGAGEMENT

68%

71%

71%

ACTIVE CLUB  
MEMBERS

CUSTOMER  
TRANSACTIONS

3.9M

4.5M

5.2M

SAFETY - LTIFR

13.2

8.8

6.3

42.8M 44.0M

44.5M

TEAM  
RETENTION

75%

75%

74%

CORPORATE DIRECTORY

Name of Entity 
SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED  

ABN  
81 108 676 204

Company Secretary 
Mr Robert Dawkins

Principal Registered Office  
751 Gympie Road 
LAWNTON   QLD   4501   Australia 
Telephone  
Facsimile  

Website Address 
www.superretailgroup.com 

+61 7 3482 7900 
+61 7 3205 8522

Securities Exchange 
Super Retail Group Limited (SUL) shares are quoted on the  
Australian Securities Exchange 

Share Registry 
Link Market Services 
Level 12, 680 George Street   
SYDNEY   NSW   2000   Australia 
Telephone   

www.linkmarketservices.com.au

Solicitors 
King & Wood Mallesons  

Auditors 
PricewaterhouseCoopers

1300 554 474 
+61 2 8280 7100 

KEY DATES FOR SHAREHOLDERS

Event 

Date(1)

Annual General Meeting (2) 

23 October 2017

Final Dividend Ex-Date 

4 September 2017

Final Dividend Record Date 

5 September 2017

DRP Election Date 

6 September 2017

Final Dividend Payment Date 

6 October 2017

Interim Results Announcement 

16 February 2018

Interim Dividend Ex-Date 

26 February 2018

Interim Dividend Record Date 

27 February 2018

DRP Election Date 

28 February 2018

Interim Dividend Payment Date 

30 March 2018

(1)If there are any changes to these dates, the Australian Securities Exchange will be notified accordingly.
(2) The 2017 Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders of Super Retail Group Limited will be held at the Kedron Wavell 

Services Club, 375 Hamilton Road, Chermside South, Queensland.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A4    5 mm   A4

A4    5 mm   A4

5mm and 10mm guides

5mm and 10mm guides

ANNUAL REPORT 2017

ANNUAL REPORT 2017

S

S

u

u

p

p

e

e

r

r

R

R

e

e

t

t

a

a

i

i

l

l

G

G

r

r

o

o

u

u

p

p

L

L

i

i

m

m

i

i

t

t

e

e

d

d

A

A

n

n

n

n

u

u

a

a

l

l

R

R

e

e

p

p

o

o

r

r

t

t

2

2

0

0

1

1

7

7

www.superretailgroup.com
www.superretailgroup.com

Inspiring you to live you passion

Inspiring you to live you passion